316
Grade thresholds – November 2017 Learn more! For more information please visit www.cambridgeinternational.org/igcse or contact Customer Services on +44 (0)1223 553554 or email [email protected] Cambridge IGCSE Computer Science (0478) Grade thresholds taken for Syllabus 0478 (Computer Science) in the November 2017 examination. minimum raw mark required for grade: maximum raw mark available A B C D E F G Component 11 75 48 40 33 28 23 18 13 Component 12 75 49 41 34 28 23 18 13 Component 13 75 48 40 33 28 23 18 13 Component 21 50 31 23 16 12 9 6 3 Component 22 50 34 26 19 15 11 7 3 Component 23 50 31 23 16 12 9 6 3 Grade A* does not exist at the level of an individual component. The maximum total mark for this syllabus, after weighting has been applied, is 125. The overall thresholds for the different grades were set as follows. Option Combination of Components A* A B C D E F G AX 11, 21 93 78 63 49 40 32 24 16 AY 12, 22 97 82 67 53 43 34 25 16 AZ 13, 23 93 78 63 49 40 32 24 16

Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    2

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

Grade thresholds – November 2017

Learn more! For more information please visit www.cambridgeinternational.org/igcse or contact Customer Services on +44 (0)1223 553554 or email [email protected]

Cambridge IGCSE Computer Science (0478) Grade thresholds taken for Syllabus 0478 (Computer Science) in the November 2017 examination.

minimum raw mark required for grade:

maximum raw

mark available

A B C D E F G

Component 11 75 48 40 33 28 23 18 13

Component 12 75 49 41 34 28 23 18 13

Component 13 75 48 40 33 28 23 18 13

Component 21 50 31 23 16 12 9 6 3

Component 22 50 34 26 19 15 11 7 3

Component 23 50 31 23 16 12 9 6 3 Grade A* does not exist at the level of an individual component. The maximum total mark for this syllabus, after weighting has been applied, is 125. The overall thresholds for the different grades were set as follows.

Option Combination of Components A* A B C D E F G

AX 11, 21 93 78 63 49 40 32 24 16

AY 12, 22 97 82 67 53 43 34 25 16

AZ 13, 23 93 78 63 49 40 32 24 16

Page 2: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

® IGCSE is a registered trademark.

This syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 10 printed pages.

© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

Cambridge Assessment International Education Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

COMPUTER SCIENCE 0478/11 Paper 1 October/November 2017

MARK SCHEME

Maximum Mark: 75

Published

This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began, which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers. Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner Report for Teachers. Cambridge International will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes. Cambridge International is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2017 series for most Cambridge IGCSE®, Cambridge International A and AS Level components and some Cambridge O Level components.

Page 3: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/11

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

O

ctob

er/N

ovem

ber

2017

©

UC

LES

201

7 P

age

2 of

10

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

1(a)

O

utpu

t 1

1(b)

1

mar

k fo

r eac

h co

rrec

t con

vers

ion

E

0 4

1 1

1 0

0 0

0 0

0 1

0 0

3

1(c)

A

ny o

ne fr

om:

– H

exad

ecim

al c

odes

can

fit i

n a

smal

ler d

ispl

ay ra

ther

than

a fu

ll te

xt b

ased

mes

sage

Sm

alle

r am

ount

of m

emor

y ne

eded

to s

tore

the

hex

erro

r mes

sage

s th

an te

xt b

ased

1

1(d)

1

mar

k fo

r cor

rect

sen

sor,

1 m

ark

for c

orre

spon

ding

use

P

ossi

ble

exam

ples

cou

ld in

clud

e:

Tem

pera

ture

(sen

sor)

– To

mon

itor t

he te

mpe

ratu

re o

f the

wat

er

Pre

ssur

e (s

enso

r)

– To

mon

itor t

he le

vel o

f wat

er in

the

was

hing

mac

hine

– M

otio

n (s

enso

r)

– To

mon

itor w

heth

er th

e dr

um is

stil

l in

mot

ion

– pH

(sen

sor)

To m

onito

r the

leve

l of w

ater

har

dnes

s/de

terg

ent p

rese

nt in

the

wat

er

6

Page 4: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/11

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

O

ctob

er/N

ovem

ber

2017

©

UC

LES

201

7 P

age

3 of

10

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

2 1

mar

k fo

r eac

h co

rrec

t file

form

at e

.g.

Fi

le ty

pe

File

form

at

Pic

ture

s .J

PE

G

Text

.d

oc, .

txt,

.rtf,

.doc

x, .o

dt .p

df

Sou

nd

.mp3

, .w

av, .

aif,

.flac

, .m

id

Vid

eo

.mp4

, .flv

, .w

mv

3

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

3(a)

Par

t 1

(acc

ess)

pro

toco

l –

Par

t 2

dom

ain

(nam

e)

– P

art 3

fil

enam

e

3

3(b)

Fo

ur fr

om:

– IP

add

ress

is u

sed

to id

entif

y a

devi

ce (o

n th

e In

tern

et /

netw

ork)

IP a

ddre

ss is

allo

cate

d by

the

netw

ork/

ISP

Can

be

used

in p

lace

of U

RL

– IP

add

ress

es c

an b

e IP

v4 o

r IP

v6

– IP

add

ress

can

be

stat

ic

... m

eani

ng it

doe

sn’t

chan

ge e

ach

time

it is

con

nect

ed to

the

Inte

rnet

IP a

ddre

ss c

an b

e dy

nam

ic

. –

mea

ning

that

it c

an c

hang

e ea

ch ti

me

a de

vice

is c

onne

cted

to th

e In

tern

et

– A

ny v

alid

exa

mpl

e (e

.g. x

xx.x

xx.x

xx.x

xx o

r xxx

x:xx

xx:x

xxx:

xxxx

:xxx

x:xx

xx:x

xxx:

xxxx

)

4

Page 5: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/11

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

O

ctob

er/N

ovem

ber

2017

©

UC

LES

201

7 P

age

4 of

10

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

4 1

mar

k fo

r eac

h co

rrec

t lin

e up

to a

tota

l of 5

mar

ks

5

Page 6: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/11

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

O

ctob

er/N

ovem

ber

2017

©

UC

LES

201

7 P

age

5 of

10

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

5(a)

1

mar

k fo

r eac

h co

rrec

t log

ic g

ate

4

Page 7: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/11

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

O

ctob

er/N

ovem

ber

2017

©

UC

LES

201

7 P

age

6 of

10

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

5(b)

1

mar

k fo

r cor

rect

logi

c ga

te s

ymbo

l:

A

ny fo

ur fr

om:

– si

mila

r to

an O

R g

ate

– It

has

(at l

east

) tw

o in

puts

Out

put w

ill b

e hi

gh/1

if b

oth

inpu

ts a

re d

iffer

ent

– O

utpu

t will

be

high

/1 if

eith

er in

put i

s hi

gh

– O

utpu

t will

be

low

/0 if

bot

h in

puts

are

hig

h –

Out

put w

ill b

e lo

w/0

if b

oth

inpu

ts a

re lo

w

5

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

6 A

ny s

ix fr

om:

2D

– (S

cann

er) s

hine

s a

light

ont

o th

e su

rface

of a

doc

umen

t // L

ight

mov

es a

cros

s do

cum

ent

– R

efle

cted

ligh

t is

capt

ured

Use

s m

irror

s an

d le

nses

Cap

ture

d im

age

is c

onve

rted

into

a d

igita

l file

Pro

duce

s a

2D d

igita

l im

age

3D

– S

cann

ers

shin

es a

lase

r (or

ligh

t) ov

er th

e su

rface

of a

3D

obj

ect

– R

ecor

ds m

easu

rem

ents

of t

he g

eom

etry

/dim

ensi

ons

of th

e ob

ject

Mea

sure

men

ts a

re c

onve

rted

to d

igita

l file

Pro

duce

s a

3D d

igita

l mod

el

6

Page 8: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/11

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

O

ctob

er/N

ovem

ber

2017

©

UC

LES

201

7 P

age

7 of

10

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

7 1

mar

k fo

r eac

h co

rrec

t tic

k

Stat

emen

t tr

ue

()

fals

e (

) Fi

rew

alls

can

mon

itor i

ncom

ing

and

outg

oing

traf

fic.

Fire

wal

ls o

pera

te b

y ch

ecki

ng tr

affic

aga

inst

a s

et o

f rul

es.

Fire

wal

ls c

anno

t blo

ck a

cces

s to

a c

erta

in w

ebsi

te.

Fire

wal

ls c

an b

e so

ftwar

e an

d ha

rdw

are.

Fire

wal

ls c

an a

ct a

s in

term

edia

ry s

erve

rs.

Fire

wal

ls c

an b

lock

una

utho

rised

traf

fic.

6

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

8(a)

A

ny th

ree

from

: –

Hum

an e

rror

(e.g

. del

etin

g/ov

erw

ritin

g da

ta)

– P

hysi

cal d

amag

e

– P

ower

failu

re/s

urge

Har

dwar

e fa

ilure

Sof

twar

e cr

ashi

ng

3

8(b)

A

ny th

ree

from

: –

Onl

ine

shop

ping

// O

nlin

e pa

ymen

t sys

tem

s //

Onl

ine

book

ing

– E

mai

l –

Clo

ud b

ased

sto

rage

Intra

net/e

xtra

net

– V

PN

VoI

P //

vid

eo c

onfe

renc

ing

– In

stan

t mes

sagi

ng (I

M) /

/ soc

ial n

etw

orki

ng //

onl

ine

gam

ing

3

Page 9: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/11

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

O

ctob

er/N

ovem

ber

2017

©

UC

LES

201

7 P

age

8 of

10

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

8(c)

1

mar

k fo

r ide

ntify

ing,

1 m

ark

for d

escr

iptio

n

– S

trong

pas

swor

d –

To m

ake

it di

fficu

lt to

hac

k an

acc

ount

– B

iom

etric

dev

ice

– To

use

dat

a th

at is

diff

icul

t to

fake

as

a pa

ssw

ord

TLS

// E

ncry

ptio

n –

To m

ake

data

mea

ning

less

if in

terc

epte

d –

To e

ncry

pt d

ata

that

is e

xcha

nged

(TLS

onl

y)

– M

ore

secu

re th

an S

SL

(TLS

onl

y)

– A

nti-s

pyw

are

(sof

twar

e)

– To

find

and

rem

ove

any

spyw

are

that

is in

stal

led

on a

com

pute

r –

To h

elp

stop

key

logg

ers

reco

rdin

g ke

y pr

esse

s

– Fi

rew

all

– To

hel

p pr

even

t una

utho

rised

acc

ess

to a

n ac

coun

t –

Blo

cks

any

requ

ests

that

do

not m

eet/m

atch

the

crite

ria

Aut

hent

icat

ion

(car

d re

ader

at h

ome)

/mob

ile s

ecur

ity c

ode

app/

two-

step

ver

ifica

tion

– To

add

ano

ther

leve

l of i

dent

ifica

tion

of th

e us

er

Use

of d

rop-

dow

n bo

xes

(or e

quiv

alen

t) –

So

key

logg

ers

cann

ot re

cord

the

key

pres

ses

Pro

xy s

erve

r –

To d

iver

t an

atta

ck a

way

from

the

mai

n sy

stem

6

Page 10: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/11

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

O

ctob

er/N

ovem

ber

2017

©

UC

LES

201

7 P

age

9 of

10

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

9(a)

A

ny fo

ur fr

om:

– (R

ed) l

aser

is u

sed

– (L

aser

bea

ms)

shi

nes

onto

sur

face

of t

he d

isk

– It

is ro

tate

d (a

t a c

onst

ant s

peed

) to

be re

ad

– S

urfa

ce is

cov

ered

in a

trac

k (th

at s

pira

ls fr

om th

e ce

ntre

) –

Dat

a is

repr

esen

ted

on th

e su

rface

usi

ng p

its a

nd la

nds

– P

its a

nd la

nds

repr

esen

t bin

ary

valu

es

– P

its re

flect

ligh

t bac

k di

ffere

ntly

(to

the

area

in b

etw

een/

land

) –

Opt

ical

dev

ice

can

dete

rmin

e th

e bi

nary

val

ue fr

om th

e lig

ht re

flect

ion

4

9(b)

1

mar

k fo

r cal

cula

tion,

1 m

ark

for c

orre

ct a

nsw

er:

1000

× 1

6 –

1600

0/8

Ans

wer

is 2

000

byte

s

2

9(c)

Fo

ur fr

om: (

Max

2 fo

r eith

er p

rimar

y or

sec

onda

ry)

Prim

ary

RA

M a

nd R

OM

Sec

onda

ry H

DD

and

SS

D

Prim

ary

is d

irect

ly a

cces

sibl

e by

CP

U

– S

econ

dary

is n

ot d

irect

ly a

cces

sibl

e by

CP

U

Prim

ary

is in

tern

al to

com

pute

r –

Sec

onda

ry c

an b

e in

tern

al o

r ext

erna

l to

the

com

pute

r

– P

rimar

y st

ores

boo

t up

inst

ruct

ions

and

can

hol

d da

ta w

hils

t bei

ng p

roce

ssed

Sec

onda

ry s

tore

s fil

es/s

oftw

are

Prim

ary

has

fast

er a

cces

s sp

eed

– S

econ

dary

has

a s

low

er a

cces

s sp

eed

Prim

ary

has

both

vol

atile

and

non

-vol

atile

Sec

onda

ry is

non

-vol

atile

4

Page 11: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/11

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

O

ctob

er/N

ovem

ber

2017

©

UC

LES

201

7 P

age

10 o

f 10

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

10

1 m

ark

for e

ach

corr

ect t

ick

Stat

emen

t tr

ue

()

fals

e (

) A

ssem

bly

lang

uage

use

s m

nem

onic

cod

es.

Ass

embl

y la

ngua

ge p

rogr

ams

do n

ot n

eed

a tra

nsla

tor t

o be

exe

cute

d.

Ass

embl

y la

ngua

ge is

a lo

w-le

vel p

rogr

amm

ing

lang

uage

.

Ass

embl

y la

ngua

ge is

spe

cific

to th

e co

mpu

ter h

ardw

are.

Ass

embl

y la

ngua

ge is

mac

hine

cod

e.

Ass

embl

y la

ngua

ge is

ofte

n us

ed to

cre

ate

driv

ers

for h

ardw

are.

6

Page 12: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

® IGCSE is a registered trademark.

This syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 9 printed pages.

© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

Cambridge Assessment International Education Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

COMPUTER SCIENCE 0478/12 Paper 1 October/November 2017

MARK SCHEME

Maximum Mark: 75

Published

This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began, which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers. Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner Report for Teachers. Cambridge International will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes. Cambridge International is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2017 series for most Cambridge IGCSE®, Cambridge International A and AS Level components and some Cambridge O Level components.

Page 13: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/12

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

O

ctob

er/N

ovem

ber

2017

©

UC

LES

201

7 P

age

2 of

9

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

1 1

mar

k pe

r cor

rect

inst

ruct

ion:

9

– LE

FT

1 –

DO

WN

C

– O

PE

N

3 –

CLO

SE

F

– U

P

5

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

2 1

mar

k fo

r eac

h co

rrec

t cat

egor

y:

HD

D –

Sec

onda

ry

RA

M –

Prim

ary

RO

M –

Prim

ary

CD

-RO

M –

Off-

line

SS

D –

Sec

onda

ry

DV

D-R

AM

– O

ff-lin

e

6

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

3(a)

A

ny fo

ur fr

om (M

ax 2

per

num

ber s

yste

m) :

A b

inar

y nu

mbe

r sys

tem

is a

bas

e-2

syst

em

• A

den

ary

num

ber s

yste

m is

a b

ase-

10 s

yste

m

A b

inar

y nu

mbe

r sys

tem

use

s 0

and

1 va

lues

A d

enar

y nu

mbe

r sys

tem

use

s 0

to 9

val

ues

A b

inar

y nu

mbe

r sys

tem

has

uni

ts/ p

lace

hold

ers/

colu

mn

head

ings

that

incr

ease

by

the

pow

er o

f 2

• A

den

ary

num

ber s

yste

m h

as u

nits

/ pla

ceho

lder

s/co

lum

n he

adin

gs th

at in

crea

se b

y th

e po

wer

of 1

0

• B

inar

y ha

s m

ore

digi

t for

the

sam

e va

lue/

/ Den

ary

has

less

dig

its fo

r the

sam

e va

lue

4

Page 14: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/12

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

O

ctob

er/N

ovem

ber

2017

©

UC

LES

201

7 P

age

3 of

9

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

3(b)

Fi

ve fr

om:

• C

orre

ct c

olum

n he

adin

gs /

plac

e ho

lder

s by

exa

mpl

e •

Cor

rect

ly p

lace

a 1

or a

0 fo

r eac

h co

lum

n

• Id

entif

y th

e co

lum

ns to

be

adde

d

• A

dd to

geth

er th

e (d

enar

y) v

alue

s id

entif

ied

this

will

giv

e a

tota

l whi

ch is

the

dena

ry n

umbe

r/ans

wer

Ans

wer

is 1

0

5

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

4(a)

(i)

Met

hod

1 Ti

ck (

) M

etho

d 2

Tick

()

Ser

ial

S

impl

ex

Par

alle

l

Hal

f-dup

lex

Dup

lex

2

4(a)

(ii)

Any

four

from

(Max

3 fo

r ser

ial):

Ser

ial h

as le

ss/lo

wer

inte

rfere

nce

Ser

ial i

s (m

ore)

relia

ble/

accu

rate

ove

r dis

tanc

es

• In

ser

ial t

he b

its w

on’t

be s

kew

ed

• In

ser

ial i

t is

easi

er to

col

late

the

bits

toge

ther

aga

in a

fter t

rans

mis

sion

• D

uple

x tra

nsm

its d

ata

in b

oth

dire

ctio

ns a

t the

sam

e tim

e •

sim

plex

/hal

f-dup

lex/

rem

aini

ng m

etho

ds w

on’t

allo

w re

ad a

nd w

rite

at s

ame

time

4

Page 15: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/12

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

O

ctob

er/N

ovem

ber

2017

©

UC

LES

201

7 P

age

4 of

9

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

4(b)

1

mar

k fo

r err

or c

heck

ing

met

hod,

2 m

arks

for d

escr

iptio

n:

Che

cksu

m

• A

val

ue is

cal

cula

ted

from

the

data

// D

escr

iptio

n of

cal

cula

tion

Val

ue is

tran

smitt

ed w

ith d

ata

• V

alue

is re

calc

ulat

ed a

fter t

rans

mis

sion

If th

e va

lues

mat

ch th

e da

ta is

(mor

e lik

ely

to b

e) a

ccur

ate

Par

ity c

heck

A p

arity

bit

is tr

ansm

itted

with

eac

h by

te o

f dat

a •

Odd

or e

ven

(par

ity c

an b

e us

ed)

• C

ount

s / c

heck

s nu

mbe

r of 1

’s //

cou

nts

/ che

cks

to s

ee if

1’s

are

eve

n //

coun

ts /

chec

ks to

see

if 1

’s a

re o

dd

• (E

ach

byte

is) c

heck

ed a

fter t

rans

mis

sion

to s

ee if

it m

atch

es th

e od

d/ev

en p

arity

use

d A

utom

atic

Rep

eat R

eque

st (A

RQ

) •

Use

s ac

know

ledg

emen

t and

tim

eout

Whe

n a

devi

ce d

etec

ts a

n er

ror i

n da

ta tr

ansm

issi

on it

ask

s fo

r the

pac

ket t

o be

rese

nt /

no e

rror

det

ecte

d, p

ositi

ve

ackn

owle

dgm

ent s

ent

• Th

e se

ndin

g de

vice

rese

nds

the

pack

et a

fter t

he re

ques

t to

rese

nd/ t

imeo

ut re

ceiv

ed

• Th

is p

roce

ss is

con

tinuo

us u

ntil

the

pack

et re

ceiv

ed is

cor

rect

/unt

il th

e AR

Q li

mit

is re

ache

d E

cho

(che

ck)

• C

opy

of d

ata

is s

ent b

ack

to s

ende

r •

Dat

a is

com

pare

d to

see

if it

mat

ches

If it

does

not

mat

ch e

rror

det

ecte

d

6

Page 16: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/12

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

O

ctob

er/N

ovem

ber

2017

©

UC

LES

201

7 P

age

5 of

9

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

5(a)

A

ny fo

ur fr

om:

• D

ata

/ file

s

• S

tore

d in

a te

xt fi

le

• D

ownl

oade

d to

a u

ser’s

com

pute

r whe

n a

web

site

is v

isite

d //

web

serv

er s

ends

to w

eb b

row

ser

• S

tore

d on

a u

ser’s

com

pute

r •

Sto

red

by a

bro

wse

r •

Det

ecte

d by

the

web

site

whe

n it

is v

isite

d ag

ain

4

5(b)

A

ny tw

o fro

m: e

.g.

• To

sto

re p

erso

nal i

nfor

mat

ion/

data

To s

tore

logi

n de

tails

To s

ave

item

s in

an

onlin

e sh

oppi

ng b

aske

t •

To tr

ack/

save

inte

rnet

sur

fing

habi

ts //

to tr

ack

web

site

traf

fic

• To

car

ry o

ut ta

rget

ed a

dver

tisin

g •

To s

tore

pay

men

t det

ails

To c

usto

mis

e a

web

page

// to

sto

re u

ser p

refe

renc

es

• S

tore

pro

gres

s in

onl

ine

gam

es/q

uizz

es

2

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

6 1

mar

k fo

r eac

h co

rrec

t ter

m, i

n th

is o

rder

: •

Inte

rrup

t •

Com

pile

r •

ALU

/Arit

hmet

ic a

nd L

ogic

Uni

t •

AR

Q/A

utom

atic

repe

at re

ques

t

4

Page 17: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/12

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

O

ctob

er/N

ovem

ber

2017

©

UC

LES

201

7 P

age

6 of

9

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

7 1

mar

k fo

r eac

h co

rrec

t log

ic g

ate

with

the

corr

ect i

nput

(s)

7

Page 18: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/12

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

O

ctob

er/N

ovem

ber

2017

©

UC

LES

201

7 P

age

7 of

9

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

8(a)

1

mar

k fo

r cor

rect

cal

cula

tion

met

hod,

1 m

ark

for c

orre

ct a

nsw

er:

2048

/102

4 (o

r 102

4 ×

2)

• 2

GB

2

8(b)

Inst

ruct

ions

/pro

gram

s/da

ta

• c

urre

ntly

in u

se

2

8(c)

A

ny th

ree

from

: •

RA

M is

vol

atile

, RO

M is

non

-vol

atile

RA

M is

tem

pora

ry, R

OM

is (s

emi)

perm

anen

t •

RA

M n

orm

ally

has

a la

rger

cap

acity

than

RO

M

• R

AM

can

be

edite

d R

OM

can

not b

e ed

ited

// D

ata

can

be re

ad fr

om a

nd w

ritte

n to

RA

M, R

OM

can

onl

y be

read

from

.

3

Page 19: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/12

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

O

ctob

er/N

ovem

ber

2017

©

UC

LES

201

7 P

age

8 of

9

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

9(a)

It is

an

inpu

t dev

ice

• It

mea

sure

s/ta

kes

(phy

sica

l) re

adin

gs o

f the

sur

roun

ding

env

ironm

ent /

env

ironm

ent b

y ex

ampl

e / p

hysi

cal p

rope

rties

2

9(b)

1

mar

k fo

r eac

h se

nsor

, 2 m

arks

for e

ach

desc

riptio

n:

Moi

stur

e (s

enso

r)

• To

mea

sure

the

wat

er c

onte

nt o

f the

soi

l •

To a

lert

whe

n th

e so

il is

too

dry

or to

o w

et/n

eeds

wat

erin

g

pH

(sen

sor)

To m

easu

re h

ow a

cidi

c/al

kalin

e th

e so

il is

To a

lert

whe

n th

ere

may

be

som

ethi

ng p

ollu

ting

the

soil

Ligh

t (se

nsor

) •

To m

easu

re th

e br

ight

ness

of t

he e

nviro

nmen

t •

To a

lert

whe

n th

e fru

it ha

s to

o lit

tle/to

o m

uch

light

Tem

pera

ture

(sen

sor)

• To

mea

sure

the

tem

pera

ture

of t

he e

nviro

nmen

t •

To a

lert

whe

n it

is to

o ho

t/too

col

d fo

r the

frui

t to

grow

Gas

(sen

sor)

To m

easu

re th

e am

ount

of C

O2/

oxyg

en p

rese

nt

• To

ale

rt w

hen

too

muc

h C

O2/

oxyg

en p

rese

nt

Hum

idity

(sen

sor)

To m

easu

re th

e w

ater

con

tent

in th

e ai

r •

To a

lert

whe

n th

e ai

r is

too

dry

In

fra-r

ed /

mot

ion

(sen

sor)

To m

easu

re le

vel o

f inf

ra-r

ed/m

icro

wav

es d

efle

cted

To a

lert

to a

ny in

trude

rs e

.g. a

nim

als

stea

ling

the

fruit

6

Page 20: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/12

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

O

ctob

er/N

ovem

ber

2017

©

UC

LES

201

7 P

age

9 of

9

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

10(a

) A

ny th

ree

from

: •

It is

a (s

ecur

ity) p

roto

col

• It

encr

ypts

dat

a (s

ent o

ver t

he w

eb/n

etw

ork)

It is

the

upda

ted

vers

ion

of S

SL

It ha

s tw

o la

yers

It ha

s a

hand

shak

e la

yer

• It

has

a re

cord

laye

r

3

10(b

) 1

mar

k fo

r eac

h co

rrec

t app

licat

ion,

exa

mpl

es c

ould

incl

ude:

Onl

ine

bank

ing

• O

nlin

e sh

oppi

ng //

Onl

ine

paym

ent s

yste

ms

• E

mai

l •

Clo

ud b

ased

sto

rage

Intra

net/e

xtra

net

• V

PN

VoI

P

• In

stan

t mes

sagi

ng (I

M) /

/ soc

ial n

etw

orki

ng

3

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

11

1 m

ark

for e

ach

corr

ect m

issi

ng w

ord,

in th

e co

rrect

ord

er:

Pla

giar

ism

Free

sof

twar

e •

Free

war

e

• S

hare

war

e

• E

thic

s

5

Page 21: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

® IGCSE is a registered trademark.

This syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 10 printed pages.

© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

Cambridge Assessment International Education Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

COMPUTER SCIENCE 0478/13 Paper 1 October/November 2017

MARK SCHEME

Maximum Mark: 75

Published

This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began, which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers. Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner Report for Teachers. Cambridge International will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes. Cambridge International is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2017 series for most Cambridge IGCSE®, Cambridge International A and AS Level components and some Cambridge O Level components.

Page 22: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/13

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

O

ctob

er/N

ovem

ber

2017

©

UC

LES

201

7 P

age

2 of

10

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

1(a)

O

utpu

t 1

1(b)

1

mar

k fo

r eac

h co

rrec

t con

vers

ion

E

0 4

1 1

1 0

0 0

0 0

0 1

0 0

3

1(c)

A

ny o

ne fr

om:

– H

exad

ecim

al c

odes

can

fit i

n a

smal

ler d

ispl

ay ra

ther

than

a fu

ll te

xt b

ased

mes

sage

Sm

alle

r am

ount

of m

emor

y ne

eded

to s

tore

the

hex

erro

r mes

sage

s th

an te

xt b

ased

1

1(d)

1

mar

k fo

r cor

rect

sen

sor,

1 m

ark

for c

orre

spon

ding

use

P

ossi

ble

exam

ples

cou

ld in

clud

e:

Tem

pera

ture

(sen

sor)

– To

mon

itor t

he te

mpe

ratu

re o

f the

wat

er

Pre

ssur

e (s

enso

r)

– To

mon

itor t

he le

vel o

f wat

er in

the

was

hing

mac

hine

– M

otio

n (s

enso

r)

– To

mon

itor w

heth

er th

e dr

um is

stil

l in

mot

ion

– pH

(sen

sor)

To m

onito

r the

leve

l of w

ater

har

dnes

s/de

terg

ent p

rese

nt in

the

wat

er

6

Page 23: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/13

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

O

ctob

er/N

ovem

ber

2017

©

UC

LES

201

7 P

age

3 of

10

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

2 1

mar

k fo

r eac

h co

rrec

t file

form

at e

.g.

Fi

le ty

pe

File

form

at

Pic

ture

s .J

PE

G

Text

.d

oc, .

txt,

.rtf,

.doc

x, .o

dt .p

df

Sou

nd

.mp3

, .w

av, .

aif,

.flac

, .m

id

Vid

eo

.mp4

, .flv

, .w

mv

3

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

3(a)

Par

t 1

(acc

ess)

pro

toco

l –

Par

t 2

dom

ain

(nam

e)

– P

art 3

fil

enam

e

3

3(b)

Fo

ur fr

om:

– IP

add

ress

is u

sed

to id

entif

y a

devi

ce (o

n th

e In

tern

et /

netw

ork)

IP a

ddre

ss is

allo

cate

d by

the

netw

ork/

ISP

Can

be

used

in p

lace

of U

RL

– IP

add

ress

es c

an b

e IP

v4 o

r IP

v6

– IP

add

ress

can

be

stat

ic

... m

eani

ng it

doe

sn’t

chan

ge e

ach

time

it is

con

nect

ed to

the

Inte

rnet

IP a

ddre

ss c

an b

e dy

nam

ic

. –

mea

ning

that

it c

an c

hang

e ea

ch ti

me

a de

vice

is c

onne

cted

to th

e In

tern

et

– A

ny v

alid

exa

mpl

e (e

.g. x

xx.x

xx.x

xx.x

xx o

r xxx

x:xx

xx:x

xxx:

xxxx

:xxx

x:xx

xx:x

xxx:

xxxx

)

4

Page 24: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/13

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

O

ctob

er/N

ovem

ber

2017

©

UC

LES

201

7 P

age

4 of

10

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

4 1

mar

k fo

r eac

h co

rrec

t lin

e up

to a

tota

l of 5

mar

ks

5

Page 25: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/13

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

O

ctob

er/N

ovem

ber

2017

©

UC

LES

201

7 P

age

5 of

10

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

5(a)

1

mar

k fo

r eac

h co

rrec

t log

ic g

ate

4

Page 26: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/13

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

O

ctob

er/N

ovem

ber

2017

©

UC

LES

201

7 P

age

6 of

10

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

5(b)

1

mar

k fo

r cor

rect

logi

c ga

te s

ymbo

l:

A

ny fo

ur fr

om:

– si

mila

r to

an O

R g

ate

– It

has

(at l

east

) tw

o in

puts

Out

put w

ill b

e hi

gh/1

if b

oth

inpu

ts a

re d

iffer

ent

– O

utpu

t will

be

high

/1 if

eith

er in

put i

s hi

gh

– O

utpu

t will

be

low

/0 if

bot

h in

puts

are

hig

h –

Out

put w

ill b

e lo

w/0

if b

oth

inpu

ts a

re lo

w

5

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

6 A

ny s

ix fr

om:

2D

– (S

cann

er) s

hine

s a

light

ont

o th

e su

rface

of a

doc

umen

t // L

ight

mov

es a

cros

s do

cum

ent

– R

efle

cted

ligh

t is

capt

ured

Use

s m

irror

s an

d le

nses

Cap

ture

d im

age

is c

onve

rted

into

a d

igita

l file

Pro

duce

s a

2D d

igita

l im

age

3D

– S

cann

ers

shin

es a

lase

r (or

ligh

t) ov

er th

e su

rface

of a

3D

obj

ect

– R

ecor

ds m

easu

rem

ents

of t

he g

eom

etry

/dim

ensi

ons

of th

e ob

ject

Mea

sure

men

ts a

re c

onve

rted

to d

igita

l file

Pro

duce

s a

3D d

igita

l mod

el

6

Page 27: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/13

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

O

ctob

er/N

ovem

ber

2017

©

UC

LES

201

7 P

age

7 of

10

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

7 1

mar

k fo

r eac

h co

rrec

t tic

k

Stat

emen

t tr

ue

()

fals

e (

) Fi

rew

alls

can

mon

itor i

ncom

ing

and

outg

oing

traf

fic.

Fire

wal

ls o

pera

te b

y ch

ecki

ng tr

affic

aga

inst

a s

et o

f rul

es.

Fire

wal

ls c

anno

t blo

ck a

cces

s to

a c

erta

in w

ebsi

te.

Fire

wal

ls c

an b

e so

ftwar

e an

d ha

rdw

are.

Fire

wal

ls c

an a

ct a

s in

term

edia

ry s

erve

rs.

Fire

wal

ls c

an b

lock

una

utho

rised

traf

fic.

6

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

8(a)

A

ny th

ree

from

: –

Hum

an e

rror

(e.g

. del

etin

g/ov

erw

ritin

g da

ta)

– P

hysi

cal d

amag

e

– P

ower

failu

re/s

urge

Har

dwar

e fa

ilure

Sof

twar

e cr

ashi

ng

3

8(b)

A

ny th

ree

from

: –

Onl

ine

shop

ping

// O

nlin

e pa

ymen

t sys

tem

s //

Onl

ine

book

ing

– E

mai

l –

Clo

ud b

ased

sto

rage

Intra

net/e

xtra

net

– V

PN

VoI

P //

vid

eo c

onfe

renc

ing

– In

stan

t mes

sagi

ng (I

M) /

/ soc

ial n

etw

orki

ng //

onl

ine

gam

ing

3

Page 28: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/13

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

O

ctob

er/N

ovem

ber

2017

©

UC

LES

201

7 P

age

8 of

10

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

8(c)

1

mar

k fo

r ide

ntify

ing,

1 m

ark

for d

escr

iptio

n

– S

trong

pas

swor

d –

To m

ake

it di

fficu

lt to

hac

k an

acc

ount

– B

iom

etric

dev

ice

– To

use

dat

a th

at is

diff

icul

t to

fake

as

a pa

ssw

ord

TLS

// E

ncry

ptio

n –

To m

ake

data

mea

ning

less

if in

terc

epte

d –

To e

ncry

pt d

ata

that

is e

xcha

nged

(TLS

onl

y)

– M

ore

secu

re th

an S

SL

(TLS

onl

y)

– A

nti-s

pyw

are

(sof

twar

e)

– To

find

and

rem

ove

any

spyw

are

that

is in

stal

led

on a

com

pute

r –

To h

elp

stop

key

logg

ers

reco

rdin

g ke

y pr

esse

s

– Fi

rew

all

– To

hel

p pr

even

t una

utho

rised

acc

ess

to a

n ac

coun

t –

Blo

cks

any

requ

ests

that

do

not m

eet/m

atch

the

crite

ria

Aut

hent

icat

ion

(car

d re

ader

at h

ome)

/mob

ile s

ecur

ity c

ode

app/

two-

step

ver

ifica

tion

– To

add

ano

ther

leve

l of i

dent

ifica

tion

of th

e us

er

Use

of d

rop-

dow

n bo

xes

(or e

quiv

alen

t) –

So

key

logg

ers

cann

ot re

cord

the

key

pres

ses

Pro

xy s

erve

r –

To d

iver

t an

atta

ck a

way

from

the

mai

n sy

stem

6

Page 29: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/13

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

O

ctob

er/N

ovem

ber

2017

©

UC

LES

201

7 P

age

9 of

10

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

9(a)

A

ny fo

ur fr

om:

– (R

ed) l

aser

is u

sed

– (L

aser

bea

ms)

shi

nes

onto

sur

face

of t

he d

isk

– It

is ro

tate

d (a

t a c

onst

ant s

peed

) to

be re

ad

– S

urfa

ce is

cov

ered

in a

trac

k (th

at s

pira

ls fr

om th

e ce

ntre

) –

Dat

a is

repr

esen

ted

on th

e su

rface

usi

ng p

its a

nd la

nds

– P

its a

nd la

nds

repr

esen

t bin

ary

valu

es

– P

its re

flect

ligh

t bac

k di

ffere

ntly

(to

the

area

in b

etw

een/

land

) –

Opt

ical

dev

ice

can

dete

rmin

e th

e bi

nary

val

ue fr

om th

e lig

ht re

flect

ion

4

9(b)

1

mar

k fo

r cal

cula

tion,

1 m

ark

for c

orre

ct a

nsw

er:

1000

× 1

6 –

1600

0/8

Ans

wer

is 2

000

byte

s

2

9(c)

Fo

ur fr

om: (

Max

2 fo

r eith

er p

rimar

y or

sec

onda

ry)

Prim

ary

RA

M a

nd R

OM

Sec

onda

ry H

DD

and

SS

D

Prim

ary

is d

irect

ly a

cces

sibl

e by

CP

U

– S

econ

dary

is n

ot d

irect

ly a

cces

sibl

e by

CP

U

Prim

ary

is in

tern

al to

com

pute

r –

Sec

onda

ry c

an b

e in

tern

al o

r ext

erna

l to

the

com

pute

r

– P

rimar

y st

ores

boo

t up

inst

ruct

ions

and

can

hol

d da

ta w

hils

t bei

ng p

roce

ssed

Sec

onda

ry s

tore

s fil

es/s

oftw

are

Prim

ary

has

fast

er a

cces

s sp

eed

– S

econ

dary

has

a s

low

er a

cces

s sp

eed

Prim

ary

has

both

vol

atile

and

non

-vol

atile

Sec

onda

ry is

non

-vol

atile

4

Page 30: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/13

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

O

ctob

er/N

ovem

ber

2017

©

UC

LES

201

7 P

age

10 o

f 10

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

10

1 m

ark

for e

ach

corr

ect t

ick

Stat

emen

t tr

ue

()

fals

e (

) A

ssem

bly

lang

uage

use

s m

nem

onic

cod

es.

Ass

embl

y la

ngua

ge p

rogr

ams

do n

ot n

eed

a tra

nsla

tor t

o be

exe

cute

d.

Ass

embl

y la

ngua

ge is

a lo

w-le

vel p

rogr

amm

ing

lang

uage

.

Ass

embl

y la

ngua

ge is

spe

cific

to th

e co

mpu

ter h

ardw

are.

Ass

embl

y la

ngua

ge is

mac

hine

cod

e.

Ass

embl

y la

ngua

ge is

ofte

n us

ed to

cre

ate

driv

ers

for h

ardw

are.

6

Page 31: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

® IGCSE is a registered trademark.

This syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 7 printed pages.

© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

Cambridge Assessment International Education Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

COMPUTER SCIENCE 0478/21 Paper 2 October/November 2017

MARK SCHEME

Maximum Mark: 50

Published

This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began, which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers. Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner Report for Teachers. Cambridge International will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes. Cambridge International is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2017 series for most Cambridge IGCSE®, Cambridge International A and AS Level components and some Cambridge O Level components.

Page 32: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478/21 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme PUBLISHED

October/November2017

© UCLES 2017 Page 2 of 7

Question Answer Marks

1(a)(i) 1 mark per bullet: • At least one array declaration • At least one array has an appropriate name • All arrays with appropriate names Many correct answers, they must be meaningful. These are examples only. Array_2Seater[ ] Array_4Seater[ ] Array_Historic[ ]

3

1(a)(ii) 1 mark per bullet: • Name of variable • Purpose of variable • Name of constant • Purpose of constant Many correct answers, they must be meaningful. These are examples only. Variable NumFlights to store the number of flights in a day Constant FlightCost2Seat30 to store the cost of a 30 minute flight in a 2 seater plane

4

Page 33: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478/21 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme PUBLISHED

October/November2017

© UCLES 2017 Page 3 of 7

Question Answer Marks

1(b) Any five from: • Prompt for plane • Input plane • Prompt for another input length of flight along with the input. • Attempt at calculation of maximum number of flights in a day • Using correct values for maximum number of flights (from calculation or

otherwise) • Calculation/determination of cost of a single flight for selected plane and

duration • Calculation of income that can be generated for one combination of

plane and flight • Output of total possible income for one combination of plane and flight

with message(s) Algorithm example: OUTPUT "Please Enter Type of Plane" OUTPUT "1: 2 Seater" OUTPUT "2: 4 Seater" OUTPUT "3: Historic" INPUT PlaneType OUTPUT "Please Enter Length of Flight" INPUT FlightLength CASE FlightLength of 30: OUTPUT "Maximum number of flights is 10" 60: OUTPUT "Maximum number of flights is 6" OTHERWISE OUTPUT "Invalid length of flight" ENDCASE CASE PlaneType of 1: Price30 100; Price60 150 2: Price30 120; Price60 200 3: Price30 120; Price60 500 OTHERWISE OUTPUT "Invalid type of plane" ENDCASE CASE FlightLength of 30: OUTPUT "Total Possible Income is ", Price30 * 10 60: OUTPUT "Total Possible Income is ", Price60 * 6 ENDCASE

5

1(c) 1 mark for each correct point related to the inputs for Task 1 • Description of how the program would validate the input • Description/identification of input(s) • Type of validation check • Checking inputs against stored data/maxima/correct data • Dry-running the program • Use of test data • Identification of types of test data • Example(s) of test data

4

Page 34: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478/21 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme PUBLISHED

October/November2017

© UCLES 2017 Page 4 of 7

Question Answer Marks

1(d) Any four from: • Input timeslot • Check 3 types of plane • Methodology for checking time slot • Identify any planes available • Output plane(s) available • Output if no planes available

4

Question Answer Marks

2 1 mark for each error identified plus suggested correction (the corrected lines must be written in full) Line 4 correct line WHILE Number <= 99 OR Number > 1000 Line 7 correct line Num[Index] = Number Line 9 correct line NEXT (Index) Line 10 correct line PRINT Count

4

Question Answer Marks

3(a) 1 mark per bullet: • Validation checks whether data to be entered is possible/sensible //

computer check • Verification checks that data entered is the data that was intended to be

entered // can be a human check // matches the source

2

3(b) 1 mark for each valid point Either • Double Entry // suitable practical example • the data will be entered twice • compared by the computer or by a human • if a discrepancy is found, the data entry operator is asked to re-enter

the data

Or • Visual Verification // suitable practical example • the data will be compared to the source ‘document’ • compared by a human • if a discrepancy is found, the data is re-entered

2

Page 35: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478/21 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme PUBLISHED

October/November2017

© UCLES 2017 Page 5 of 7

Question Answer Marks

3(c) 1 mark for explanation and 1 mark for an expansion • Library routine is a list of instructions // block of code // subroutine • that is used often • which is given a name • and which can be called from other programs • Library routines make writing programs easier and faster as the code is

already written • Library routines make program testing easier as the code has already

been tested and debugged

2

Question Answer Marks

4(a) 1 mark for each correct line Pseudocode description Pseudocode statement

4

4(b) 1 mark per bullet: • Appropriate loop controls • Read from array • Print from array (the last two points can be in one statement) Note reading and printing MUST be within the same loop Example algorithm: Count 0 WHILE Count < 50 DO OUTPUT Name[Count] Count Count + 1 ENDWHILE

3

FOR…TO…NEXT

REPEAT…UNTIL

WHILE…DO…ENDWHILE

CASE…OF…OTHERWISE…ENDCASE

IF…THEN…ELSE…ENDIF

A loop that will iterate at least once.

A conditional statement to deal with many possible

outcomes.

A loop that will iterate a set number of times.

A conditional statement with different outcomes for

true and false.

Page 36: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478/21 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme PUBLISHED

October/November2017

© UCLES 2017 Page 6 of 7

Question Answer Marks

5(a)

Flag Count Name[1] Name[2] Name[3] Name[4] Temp

Jamal Amir Eve Tara

0 1 Amir Jamal Eve Tara Jamal

1 2 Amir Jamal Eve Tara Jamal

1 3 Amir Eve Jamal Tara Jamal

1 4 Amir Eve Jamal Tara Jamal

0 1 Amir Eve Jamal Tara Jamal

0 2 Amir Eve Jamal Tara Jamal

0 3 Amir Eve Jamal Tara Jamal

0 4 Amir Eve Jamal Tara Jamal

(1 Mark) (1 Mark) (--------1 Mark--------) (--------1 Mark--------) (1 Mark)

5

5(b) 1 mark per bullet: • Sorting the names • Ascending order / A to Z / lowest to highest / Alphabetic order

2

Question Answer Marks

6(a) 1 mark for any sensible appropriate field name 1 mark for data type, purpose + example data Example 1: Field Name: SPECIESID Data Type: Alphanumeric Purpose: Primary key Example Data: SP06583 Example 2: Field name: NUMBER Data Type: Integer Purpose: To record how many of that species there are at the park Example Data: 30

2

Page 37: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478/21 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme PUBLISHED

October/November2017

© UCLES 2017 Page 7 of 7

Question Answer Marks

6(b) Field: Species Classification Diet Legs

Table: LIVESTOCK LIVESTOCK LIVESTOCK LIVESTOCK

Sort: Ascending/ Descending

Show:

Criteria: “Mammal” “Herbivore” 4

or: (1 Mark) (1 Mark) (1 Mark) (1 Mark) 1 mark per completely correct column.

4

Page 38: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

® IGCSE is a registered trademark.

This syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 8 printed pages.

© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

Cambridge Assessment International Education Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

COMPUTER SCIENCE 0478/22 Paper 2 October/November 2017

MARK SCHEME

Maximum Mark: 50

Published

This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began, which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers. Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner Report for Teachers. Cambridge International will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes. Cambridge International is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2017 series for most Cambridge IGCSE®, Cambridge International A and AS Level components and some Cambridge O Level components.

Page 39: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/22

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

O

ctob

er/N

ovem

ber

2017

©

UC

LES

201

7 P

age

2 of

8

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

1(a)

(i)

1 m

ark

for a

ppro

pria

te v

aria

ble

nam

e, 1

mar

k fo

r app

ropr

iate

dat

a ty

pe, 1

mar

k fo

r app

ropr

iate

use

. M

any

corr

ect a

nsw

ers,

they

mus

t be

mea

ning

ful.

Thes

e ar

e ex

ampl

es o

nly.

– HireTotal,

inte

ger,

runn

ing

tota

l of m

oney

take

n (fo

r the

day

)

HoursHired,

real

, run

ning

tota

l of h

ours

hire

d fo

r the

day

– Returned,

real

, hou

r and

frac

tion

of h

our w

hen

next

retu

rned

3

1(a)

(ii)

1 m

ark

for a

ppro

pria

te c

onst

ant n

ame,

1 m

ark

for a

ppro

pria

te v

alue

. M

any

corr

ect a

nsw

ers,

they

mus

t be

mea

ning

ful.

Thes

e ar

e ex

ampl

es o

nly.

– HourPrice, 20.00

HalfHourPrice 12.00

2

1(b)

1

mar

k fo

r val

idat

ion

chec

k, a

ll ch

ecks

mus

t be

diffe

rent

, 1 m

ark

for t

he re

ason

and

1 m

ark

for t

he te

st d

ata.

Th

e on

ly in

puts

for t

ask

1 ca

n be

leng

th o

f hire

, mon

ey ta

ken,

tim

e of

hire

and

tim

e of

retu

rn.

Ther

e ar

e m

any

poss

ible

cor

rect

ans

wer

s th

ese

are

exam

ples

onl

y.

Val

idat

ion

chec

k –

rang

e ch

eck

for t

ime

of h

ire

Rea

son

– ca

nnot

be

hire

d be

fore

10:

00 re

turn

ed a

fter 1

7:00

Te

st d

ata

12:0

0, 1

9:00

V

alid

atio

n ch

eck

type

che

ck fo

r mon

ey ta

ken

Rea

son

– m

ust b

e a

num

eric

val

ue

Test

dat

a

– 20

.00,

bob

6

Page 40: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/22

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

O

ctob

er/N

ovem

ber

2017

©

UC

LES

201

7 P

age

3 of

8

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

1(c)

any

loop

for 1

0 bo

ats

(1

mar

k) Fo

ur fr

om:

Ini

tialis

atio

n

– ch

eck HoursHired

agai

nst MaxHoursHired

s

tore

the BoatNumber

u

pdat

e MaxHoursHired

if g

reat

er

ch

eck

if HoursHired = 0 …

if so

add

1 to

NumberBoatsUnused

– up

date

dai

ly to

tals

(for

hou

rs a

nd m

oney

)

outp

ut re

port

with

mes

sage

s (in

clud

ing

tota

ls fo

r hou

rs a

nd m

oney

, and

num

ber o

f boa

ts u

nuse

d an

d th

e m

ost u

sed

boat

).

M

ax 4

mar

ksE

xam

ple:

MaxHoursHired

0

TotalHoursHired

0

TotalMoney

0

NumberBoatsUnused

0

FOR BoatNumber

1 to 10

TotalMoney

TotalMoney + Money(BoatNumber)

TotalHoursHired

TotalHoursHired + HoursHired(BoatNumber)

IF HoursHired(BoatNumber) = 0

THEN NumberBoatsUnused

NumberBoatsUnused + 1

ENDIF

IF HoursHired(BoatNumber) > MaxHoursHired

THEN

MostUsed

BoatNumber

MaxHoursHired

HoursHired(BoatNumber)

ENDIF

NEXT BoatNumber

PRINT "Boats were hired for ", TotalHoursHired, " hours"

PRINT "Total amount of money taken was ", TotalMoney

PRINT NumberBoatsUnused, " boats were not used"

Print "Boat number ", MostUsed, " was used most"

5

Page 41: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/22

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

O

ctob

er/N

ovem

ber

2017

©

UC

LES

201

7 P

age

4 of

8

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

1(d)

M

axim

um 4

mar

ks in

tota

l for

que

stio

n pa

rt e.

g.

Expl

anat

ion

(may

incl

ude

refe

renc

e to

pro

gram

sta

tem

ents

)

– c

heck

all

boat

s fo

r

retu

rn ti

me

< cu

rren

t tim

e //

curr

ent b

ooki

ng s

lot a

vaila

ble

or re

turn

tim

e >

curr

ent t

ime/

/ cur

rent

boo

king

slo

t not

avai

labl

e

– ke

ep a

runn

ing

tota

l of t

hose

ava

ilabl

e

– di

spla

y nu

mbe

r of b

oats

E

xam

ple:

FOR BoatNumber

1 to 10

loop

to c

heck

for a

ll bo

ats

IF ReturnTime(BoatNumber) <= CurrentTime

chec

k re

turn

tim

e ag

ains

t cur

rent

tim

e THEN BoatsAvailable

BoatsAvailable + 1

keep

a ru

nnin

g to

tal

ENDIF

NEXT BoatNumber

PRINT "Number of boats available ", BoatsAvailable

disp

lay

num

ber o

f boa

ts

4

Page 42: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/22

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

O

ctob

er/N

ovem

ber

2017

©

UC

LES

201

7 P

age

5 of

8

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

2 1

mar

k fo

r eac

h, th

ere

may

be

othe

r sol

utio

ns, a

war

d fu

ll m

arks

for a

ny w

orki

ng s

olut

ion

any

six

from

:

initi

alis

e to

tal (

outs

ide

loop

)

Inpu

t num

ber o

f num

bers

(out

side

loop

with

val

idat

ion)

Loop

usi

ng in

put v

alue

Inpu

t num

ber (

insi

de lo

op)

U

pdat

e To

tal (

insi

de lo

op)

C

alcu

late

ave

rage

Prin

t ave

rage

and

tota

l (ou

tsid

e lo

op)

Sam

ple

algo

rithm

: INPUT NumberCount

Total

0

FOR Count

1 TO NumberCount

INPUT Number

Total

Total + Number

NEXT

Average

Total/NumberCount

PRINT Total, Average

6

Page 43: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/22

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

O

ctob

er/N

ovem

ber

2017

©

UC

LES

201

7 P

age

6 of

8

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

3 1

mar

k fo

r eac

h co

rrec

t lin

e, m

ax 3

mar

ks.

Dat

a St

ruct

ure

D

escr

iptio

n

Con

stan

t

A c

olle

ctio

n of

rela

ted

data

.

Arr

ay

A

val

ue th

at c

an c

hang

e w

hils

t a

prog

ram

is ru

nnin

g.

Tabl

e

A v

alue

that

nev

er c

hang

es

whi

lst a

pro

gram

is ru

nnin

g.

Var

iabl

e

A s

erie

s of

ele

men

ts o

f the

sa

me

data

type

.

3

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

4 2

mar

ks fo

r ide

ntifi

catio

n, 1

mar

k fo

r des

crip

tion,

1 m

ark

for r

easo

n.

Id

entif

icat

ion:

CASE …

… OF … OTHERWISE … (ENDCASE)

or

… OF … (OTHERWISE) … ENDCASE

D

escr

iptio

n:

a st

atem

ent t

hat a

llow

s fo

r mul

tiple

sel

ectio

ns //

not

any

of t

he a

bove

Rea

son:

– to

sim

plify

pse

udoc

ode/

mak

e ps

eudo

code

mor

e un

ders

tand

able

etc

.

4

Page 44: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/22

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

O

ctob

er/N

ovem

ber

2017

©

UC

LES

201

7 P

age

7 of

8

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

5(a)

Acc

ept

Rej

ect

Cou

nt

Sack

O

UTP

UT

0 0

0

1

1 50

.4

2

2 50

.3

1

3 49

.1

3

4 50

.3

4

5 50

.0

5

6 49

.5

6

7 50

.2

7

8 50

.3

8

9 50

.5

2

10

50.6

8

2

(1

mar

k)

(1

mar

k)

(1

mar

k)

(1

mar

k)

(1

mar

k)

5

5(b)

chan

ge to

Is Count = 50?

rem

ove IS Sack > 50.5?

2

Page 45: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/22

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

O

ctob

er/N

ovem

ber

2017

©

UC

LES

201

7 P

age

8 of

8

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

6(a)

1 m

ark

for e

ach

field

sui

tabl

e na

me,

1 m

ark

for a

ppro

pria

te d

ata

type

and

app

ropr

iate

dat

a sa

mpl

e

The

follo

win

g ar

e ex

ampl

es th

ere

are

man

y di

ffere

nt c

orre

ct a

nsw

ers.

– E

ngin

e N

umbe

r, te

xt, 2

1012

– C

lass

, tex

t, P

6

– S

ervi

ce D

ate,

dat

e, 4

/3/2

017

6

6(b)

Eng

ine

Num

ber /

/ Cor

rect

fiel

d nu

mbe

r 1

6(c)

Fiel

d:

Eng

ine

Num

ber

Cla

ss

Ser

vice

Dat

e

Tabl

e:

TRA

IN

TRA

IN

TRA

IN

Sor

t:

Sho

w:

Crit

eria

:

Like

‘P*’

// Li

ke ‘P

?’

<10/

11/2

016

or:

(1

mar

k)

(1

mar

k)

(1 m

ark)

3

Page 46: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

® IGCSE is a registered trademark.

This syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 7 printed pages.

© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

Cambridge Assessment International Education Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

COMPUTER SCIENCE 0478/23 Paper 2 October/November 2017

MARK SCHEME

Maximum Mark: 50

Published

This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began, which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers. Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner Report for Teachers. Cambridge International will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes. Cambridge International is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2017 series for most Cambridge IGCSE®, Cambridge International A and AS Level components and some Cambridge O Level components.

Page 47: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme PUBLISHED

October/November2017

© UCLES 2017 Page 2 of 7

Question Answer Marks

1(a)(i) 1 mark per bullet: • At least one array declaration • At least one array has an appropriate name • All arrays with appropriate names Many correct answers, they must be meaningful. These are examples only. Array_2Seater[ ] Array_4Seater[ ] Array_Historic[ ]

3

1(a)(ii) 1 mark per bullet: • Name of variable • Purpose of variable • Name of constant • Purpose of constant Many correct answers, they must be meaningful. These are examples only. Variable NumFlights to store the number of flights in a day Constant FlightCost2Seat30 to store the cost of a 30 minute flight in a 2 seater plane

4

Page 48: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme PUBLISHED

October/November2017

© UCLES 2017 Page 3 of 7

Question Answer Marks

1(b) Any five from: • Prompt for plane • Input plane • Prompt for another input length of flight along with the input. • Attempt at calculation of maximum number of flights in a day • Using correct values for maximum number of flights (from calculation or

otherwise) • Calculation/determination of cost of a single flight for selected plane and

duration • Calculation of income that can be generated for one combination of

plane and flight • Output of total possible income for one combination of plane and flight

with message(s) Algorithm example: OUTPUT "Please Enter Type of Plane" OUTPUT "1: 2 Seater" OUTPUT "2: 4 Seater" OUTPUT "3: Historic" INPUT PlaneType OUTPUT "Please Enter Length of Flight" INPUT FlightLength CASE FlightLength of 30: OUTPUT "Maximum number of flights is 10" 60: OUTPUT "Maximum number of flights is 6" OTHERWISE OUTPUT "Invalid length of flight" ENDCASE CASE PlaneType of 1: Price30 100; Price60 150 2: Price30 120; Price60 200 3: Price30 120; Price60 500 OTHERWISE OUTPUT "Invalid type of plane" ENDCASE CASE FlightLength of 30: OUTPUT "Total Possible Income is ", Price30 * 10 60: OUTPUT "Total Possible Income is ", Price60 * 6 ENDCASE

5

1(c) 1 mark for each correct point related to the inputs for Task 1 • Description of how the program would validate the input • Description/identification of input(s) • Type of validation check • Checking inputs against stored data/maxima/correct data • Dry-running the program • Use of test data • Identification of types of test data • Example(s) of test data

4

Page 49: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme PUBLISHED

October/November2017

© UCLES 2017 Page 4 of 7

Question Answer Marks

1(d) Any four from: • Input timeslot • Check 3 types of plane • Methodology for checking time slot • Identify any planes available • Output plane(s) available • Output if no planes available

4

Question Answer Marks

2 1 mark for each error identified plus suggested correction (the corrected lines must be written in full) Line 4 correct line WHILE Number <= 99 OR Number > 1000 Line 7 correct line Num[Index] = Number Line 9 correct line NEXT (Index) Line 10 correct line PRINT Count

4

Question Answer Marks

3(a) 1 mark per bullet: • Validation checks whether data to be entered is possible/sensible //

computer check • Verification checks that data entered is the data that was intended to be

entered // can be a human check // matches the source

2

3(b) 1 mark for each valid point Either • Double Entry // suitable practical example • the data will be entered twice • compared by the computer or by a human • if a discrepancy is found, the data entry operator is asked to re-enter

the data

Or • Visual Verification // suitable practical example • the data will be compared to the source ‘document’ • compared by a human • if a discrepancy is found, the data is re-entered

2

Page 50: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme PUBLISHED

October/November2017

© UCLES 2017 Page 5 of 7

Question Answer Marks

3(c) 1 mark for explanation and 1 mark for an expansion • Library routine is a list of instructions // block of code // subroutine • that is used often • which is given a name • and which can be called from other programs • Library routines make writing programs easier and faster as the code is

already written • Library routines make program testing easier as the code has already

been tested and debugged

2

Question Answer Marks

4(a) 1 mark for each correct line Pseudocode description Pseudocode statement

4

4(b) 1 mark per bullet: • Appropriate loop controls • Read from array • Print from array (the last two points can be in one statement) Note reading and printing MUST be within the same loop Example algorithm: Count 0 WHILE Count < 50 DO OUTPUT Name[Count] Count Count + 1 ENDWHILE

3

FOR…TO…NEXT

REPEAT…UNTIL

WHILE…DO…ENDWHILE

CASE…OF…OTHERWISE…ENDCASE

IF…THEN…ELSE…ENDIF

A loop that will iterate at least once.

A conditional statement to deal with many possible

outcomes.

A loop that will iterate a set number of times.

A conditional statement with different outcomes for

true and false.

Page 51: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme PUBLISHED

October/November2017

© UCLES 2017 Page 6 of 7

Question Answer Marks

5(a)

Flag Count Name[1] Name[2] Name[3] Name[4] Temp

Jamal Amir Eve Tara

0 1 Amir Jamal Eve Tara Jamal

1 2 Amir Jamal Eve Tara Jamal

1 3 Amir Eve Jamal Tara Jamal

1 4 Amir Eve Jamal Tara Jamal

0 1 Amir Eve Jamal Tara Jamal

0 2 Amir Eve Jamal Tara Jamal

0 3 Amir Eve Jamal Tara Jamal

0 4 Amir Eve Jamal Tara Jamal

(1 Mark) (1 Mark) (--------1 Mark--------) (--------1 Mark--------) (1 Mark)

5

5(b) 1 mark per bullet: • Sorting the names • Ascending order / A to Z / lowest to highest / Alphabetic order

2

Question Answer Marks

6(a) 1 mark for any sensible appropriate field name 1 mark for data type, purpose + example data Example 1: Field Name: SPECIESID Data Type: Alphanumeric Purpose: Primary key Example Data: SP06583 Example 2: Field name: NUMBER Data Type: Integer Purpose: To record how many of that species there are at the park Example Data: 30

2

Page 52: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme PUBLISHED

October/November2017

© UCLES 2017 Page 7 of 7

Question Answer Marks

6(b) Field: Species Classification Diet Legs

Table: LIVESTOCK LIVESTOCK LIVESTOCK LIVESTOCK

Sort: Ascending/ Descending

Show:

Criteria: “Mammal” “Herbivore” 4

or: (1 Mark) (1 Mark) (1 Mark) (1 Mark) 1 mark per completely correct column.

4

Page 53: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

This document consists of 2 printed pages.

DC (RW) 131976/2© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

Cambridge International ExaminationsCambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

*3469190061*

COMPUTER SCIENCE 0478/21Paper 2 Problem-solving and Programming October/November 2017PRE-RELEASE MATERIALNo Additional Materials are required.This material should be given to the relevant teachers and candidates as soon as it has been receivedat the Centre.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Candidates should use this material in preparation for the examination. Candidates should attempt the practical programming tasks using their chosen high-level, procedural programming language.

The syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

Page 54: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

2

0478/21/PRE/O/N/17© UCLES 2017

In preparation for the examination candidates should attempt the following practical tasks by writing and testing a program or programs.

A small airfield operates a flying club where people can take a short flight to see if they would like flying lessons. The owner of the airfield has asked you to write a program to organise the flight bookings. The airfield operates three different planes and offers either a 30 minute or a 60 minute flight.

The following table shows the tariff:

Length of Flight 2 Seater Plane 4 Seater Plane Historic Plane

30 minutes $100 $120 $300

60 minutes $150 $200 $500

After each flight, 30 minutes must be allowed for refuelling and safety checks before the next flight can take off. All planes offer both 30 minute and 60 minute flights, but, for the purpose of this activity, they will not be mixed on a given day, e.g. the 2 seater will offer 30 minute flights ONLY on one day and 60 minute flights ONLY on another day.

Write and test a program for the owner of the airfield.

• Your program must include appropriate prompts for the entry of data.• Error messages and other output need to be set out clearly and understandably.• All variables, constants and other identifiers must have meaningful names.

You will need to complete these three tasks. Each task must be fully tested.

TASK 1 – Work out the maximum income.

Assume that the flights take place between 08:00 and 18:00. Write a program that will work out the maximum income that can be generated by each plane in a day for each type of flight. The program should allow you to:

• input the type of plane• input the length of flight• calculate the maximum number of flights in a day• output the total possible income per day for the choice of plane and length of flight

TASK 2 – Record bookings.

Write a program to store bookings for each plane and to allow you to find which planes are available at a given time slot during the day. The program should calculate the actual number of flights taken by each plane in that day.

TASK 3 – Work out income.

Modify TASK 2 so that it will calculate the total amount of money taken in a day for each plane, as well as the overall daily total for all three planes, and output the results.

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

Page 55: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

*8449719705*

This document consists of 2 printed pages.

DC (CW) 132153/3© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

Cambridge International ExaminationsCambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

COMPUTER SCIENCE 0478/22Paper 2 Problem-solving and Programming October/November 2017PRE-RELEASE MATERIALNo Additional Materials are required.This material should be given to the relevant teachers and candidates as soon as it has been receivedat the Centre.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Candidates should use this material in preparation for the examination. Candidates should attempt the practical programming tasks using their chosen high-level, procedural programming language.

The syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

Page 56: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

2

0478/22/PRE/O/N/17© UCLES 2017

In preparation for the examination candidates should attempt the following practical tasks by writing and testing a program or programs.

The owner of a river boat hire company wants to calculate the daily profits from hiring out 10 rowing boats on the river. Boats are numbered 1 to 10. Boats can be hired for use between 10:00 and 17:00 every day.

Write and test a program for the owner.

• Your program must include appropriate prompts for the entry of data.• Error messages and other output need to be set out clearly and understandably.• All variables, constants and other identifiers must have meaningful names.

You will need to complete these three tasks. Each task must be fully tested.

TASK 1 – calculate the money taken in a day for one boat.

The cost of hiring a boat is $20 for one hour or $12 for half an hour. When a boat is hired the payment is added to the money taken for the day. The running total of hours hired that day is updated and the time when the boat must be returned is stored. At the end of the day the money taken and the total hours hired is output.No boat can be hired before 10:00 or returned after 17:00.

TASK 2 – find the next boat available.

Extend TASK 1 to work for all 10 rowing boats. Use the data stored for each boat to find out how many boats are available for hire at the current time. If no boats are available show the earliest time that a boat will be available for hire.

TASK 3 – calculate the money taken for all the boats at the end of the day.

At the end of the day use the data stored for each boat to calculate the total amount of money taken and the total number of hours boats were hired that day. Find out how many boats were not used that day and which boat was used the most. Provide a report for the owner to show this information.

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

Page 57: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

This document consists of 2 printed pages.

DC (LK) 150376© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

Cambridge International ExaminationsCambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

*4142033118*

COMPUTER SCIENCE 0478/23Paper 2 Problem-solving and Programming October/November 2017PRE-RELEASE MATERIALNo Additional Materials are required.This material should be given to the relevant teachers and candidates as soon as it has been receivedat the Centre.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Candidates should use this material in preparation for the examination. Candidates should attempt the practical programming tasks using their chosen high-level, procedural programming language.

The syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

Page 58: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

2

0478/23/PRE/O/N/17© UCLES 2017

In preparation for the examination candidates should attempt the following practical tasks by writing and testing a program or programs.

A small airfield operates a flying club where people can take a short flight to see if they would like flying lessons. The owner of the airfield has asked you to write a program to organise the flight bookings. The airfield operates three different planes and offers either a 30 minute or a 60 minute flight.

The following table shows the tariff:

Length of Flight 2 Seater Plane 4 Seater Plane Historic Plane

30 minutes $100 $120 $300

60 minutes $150 $200 $500

After each flight, 30 minutes must be allowed for refuelling and safety checks before the next flight can take off. All planes offer both 30 minute and 60 minute flights, but, for the purpose of this activity, they will not be mixed on a given day, e.g. the 2 seater will offer 30 minute flights ONLY on one day and 60 minute flights ONLY on another day.

Write and test a program for the owner of the airfield.

• Your program must include appropriate prompts for the entry of data.• Error messages and other output need to be set out clearly and understandably.• All variables, constants and other identifiers must have meaningful names.

You will need to complete these three tasks. Each task must be fully tested.

TASK 1 – Work out the maximum income.

Assume that the flights take place between 08:00 and 18:00. Write a program that will work out the maximum income that can be generated by each plane in a day for each type of flight. The program should allow you to:

• input the type of plane• input the length of flight• calculate the maximum number of flights in a day• output the total possible income per day for the choice of plane and length of flight

TASK 2 – Record bookings.

Write a program to store bookings for each plane and to allow you to find which planes are available at a given time slot during the day. The program should calculate the actual number of flights taken by each plane in that day.

TASK 3 – Work out income.

Modify TASK 2 so that it will calculate the total amount of money taken in a day for each plane, as well as the overall daily total for all three planes, and output the results.

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

Page 59: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

This document consists of 11 printed pages and 1 blank page.

DC (NH/SW) 134256/4© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

*1320964509*

COMPUTER SCIENCE 0478/11Paper 1 Theory October/November 2017 1 hour 45 minutesCandidates answer on the Question Paper.No Additional Materials are required.No calculators allowed.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name in the spaces at the top of this page.Write in dark blue or black pen.You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams, graphs or rough working.Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.No marks will be awarded for using brand names of software packages or hardware.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

The maximum number of marks is 75.

Cambridge International ExaminationsCambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

The syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

Page 60: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

2

0478/11/O/N/17© UCLES 2017

1 A washing machine has a small display screen built into it.

One use of the display screen is to show an error code when a problem has occurred with a washing cycle.

(a) State whether the display screen is an input, output or storage device.

...............................................................................................................................................[1]

(b) The display screen shows a hexadecimal error code:

E04 This error code means that the water will not empty out of the washing machine.

Convert this error code to binary.

[3]

(c) State why hexadecimal is used to display the error code.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[1]

(d) Identify three sensors that could be used in the washing machine.

State what each sensor could be used for.

Sensor 1 ...................................................................................................................................

Use ...........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

Sensor 2 ...................................................................................................................................

Use ...........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

Sensor 3 ...................................................................................................................................

Use ...........................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................... [6]

Page 61: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

3

0478/11/O/N/17© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

2 Data files are stored in different file formats.

Complete the table by providing a suitable file format for each file type. The first one has been done for you.

File type File format

Pictures .JPEG

Text

Sound

Video

[3]

3 (a) An example of a Uniform Resource Locator (URL) is:

http://www.cie.org.uk/index.htmPart 1 Part 2 Part 3

Identify the three parts that make up this URL.

Part 1 ........................................................................................................................................

Part 2 ........................................................................................................................................

Part 3 ........................................................................................................................................ [3]

(b) Describe what is meant by an Internet Protocol (IP) address.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[4]

Page 62: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

4

0478/11/O/N/17© UCLES 2017

4 Six components of a computer system and six descriptions are shown.

Draw a line to match each component with the most suitable description.

Component Description

Arithmetic Logic Unit (ALU)

Buses

Control Unit(CU)

Immediate Access Store (IAS)

Input/Output

Registers

Used to connect together the internal components

of the CPU.

Used to carry out calculations on data.

Used to temporarily hold data and instructions during processing.

Used to allow interaction with the computer.

Used to hold data and instructions before they

are processed.

Used to manage the flow of data through the CPU.

[5]

Page 63: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

5

0478/11/O/N/17© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

5 (a) Draw a logic circuit for the logic statement:

X = 1 if ((A is 1 AND B is 1) OR (A is NOT 1 AND C is 1))

A

B X

C

[4]

Page 64: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

6

0478/11/O/N/17© UCLES 2017

(b) Draw the symbol for an XOR gate and explain the function of this logic gate.

Explanation ...............................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[5]

6 Describe the operation of a 2D scanner and a 3D scanner.

2D .....................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

3D .....................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................................... [6]

Page 65: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

7

0478/11/O/N/17© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

7 Six statements about firewalls are shown.

Tick (3) to show whether each statement is true or false.

Statement true(3)

false(3)

Firewalls can monitor incoming and outgoing traffic.

Firewalls operate by checking traffic against a set of rules.

Firewalls cannot block access to a certain website.

Firewalls can be software and hardware.

Firewalls can act as intermediary servers.

Firewalls can block unauthorised traffic.

[6]

Page 66: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

8

0478/11/O/N/17© UCLES 2017

8 (a) Data is valuable. It needs to be kept secure and it can easily be damaged.

Give three different ways that data can be accidentally damaged.

1 ................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

2 ................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

3 ................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................... [3]

(b) The Secure Socket Layer (SSL) protocol can be used to securely transmit data in online banking.

State three other different applications that use SSL.

Application 1 .............................................................................................................................

Application 2 .............................................................................................................................

Application 3 ............................................................................................................................. [3]

Page 67: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

9

0478/11/O/N/17© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

(c) Online banking is increasing in popularity.

Online banking can be a risk as it can raise a number of security issues. SSL can be used as a security method to make online banking safer.

Identify and describe three other security methods that could be used to make online banking safer.

Security method 1 .....................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

Security method 2 .....................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

Security method 3 .....................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................... [6]

Page 68: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

10

0478/11/O/N/17© UCLES 2017

9 (a) Optical storage media can be used to store data.

Describe how the data is read from a Compact Disc (CD).

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[4]

(b) Kamil wants to store a 16-bit colour image file. The image size is 1000 pixels.

Calculate the size of the file.

Give your answer in bytes. Show your working.

Working .....................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

Answer ............................... bytes [2]

(c) Describe the differences between primary and secondary storage.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[4]

Page 69: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

11

0478/11/O/N/17© UCLES 2017

10 Six statements about assembly language are shown.

Tick (3) whether the statement is true or false.

Statement true(3)

false(3)

Assembly language uses mnemonic codes.

Assembly language programs do not need a translator to be executed.

Assembly language is a low-level programming language.

Assembly language is specific to the computer hardware.

Assembly language is machine code.

Assembly language is often used to create drivers for hardware.

[6]

Page 70: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

12

0478/11/O/N/17© UCLES 2017

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

BLANK PAGE

Page 71: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

This document consists of 12 printed pages.

DC (NH/SW) 138025/2© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

*0049796571*

COMPUTER SCIENCE 0478/12Paper 1 Theory October/November 2017 1 hour 45 minutesCandidates answer on the Question Paper.No Additional Materials are required.No calculators allowed.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.Write in dark blue or black pen.You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams, graphs or rough working.Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.No marks will be awarded for using brand names of software packages or hardware.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

The maximum number of marks is 75.

Cambridge International ExaminationsCambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

The syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

Page 72: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

2

0478/12/O/N/17© UCLES 2017

1 A robot arm in a factory is programmed to move products.

The binary instructions to operate the robot arm are:

Operation Binary Instruction

UP 1 1 1 1

DOWN 0 0 0 1

LEFT 1 0 0 1

RIGHT 0 1 1 0

OPEN 1 1 0 0

CLOSE 0 0 1 1

The instructions are entered as hexadecimal values.

An operator enters the values:

9 1 C 3 F

Convert the values and write down the operation (e.g. RIGHT) carried out by the robot arm.

9 .............................................................................

1 .............................................................................

C .............................................................................

3 .............................................................................

F ............................................................................. [5]

Page 73: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

3

0478/12/O/N/17© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

2 Storage devices and storage media can be categorised as primary, secondary or off-line.

Write primary, secondary or off-line next to each storage device or medium to indicate its most suitable category.

HDD ....................................................................................................................................

RAM ....................................................................................................................................

ROM ....................................................................................................................................

CD-ROM ....................................................................................................................................

SSD ....................................................................................................................................

DVD-RAM ....................................................................................................................................[6]

3 (a) Explain the differences between the binary number system and the denary number system.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[4]

(b) Explain the process of converting the binary number 1010 into a denary number.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[5]

Page 74: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

4

0478/12/O/N/17© UCLES 2017

4 A file server is used as a central data store for a network of computers.

Rory sends data from his computer to a file server that is approximately 100 metres away.

It is important that the data is transmitted accurately. Rory needs to be able to read data from and write data to the file server at the same time.

(a) (i) Use ticks (3) to identify the most suitable data transmission methods for this application.

Method 1 Tick (3)

Method 2 Tick (3)

Serial Simplex

Parallel Half-duplex

Duplex

[2]

(ii) Explain why your answer to part (a)(i) is the most suitable data transmission.

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[4]

Page 75: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

5

0478/12/O/N/17© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

(b) Identify and describe two methods of error checking that can be used to make sure that the data stored after transmission is accurate.

Method 1 ...................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

Method 2 ...................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................[6]

Page 76: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

6

0478/12/O/N/17© UCLES 2017

5 Raj is using the Internet to do some online shopping. He visits a website that tells him that it uses cookies.

(a) Explain what is meant by the term cookies.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[4]

(b) Give two examples of the use of cookies.

Example 1 .................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

Example 2 .................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................... [2]

Page 77: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

7

0478/12/O/N/17© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

6 Selma writes the following four answers in her Computer Science examination.

State which computer terms she is describing.

“It is a signal. When the signal is received it tells the operating system that an event has occurred.”

Selma is describing ..........................................................................................................................

“It takes source code written in a high level language and translates it into machine code. It translates the whole of the source code at once.”

Selma is describing ..........................................................................................................................

“The part of the central processing unit (CPU) that carries out calculations.”

Selma is describing ..........................................................................................................................

“When data is transmitted, if an error is detected in the data received a signal is sent to ask for the data to be retransmitted. This continues until the data received is correct.”

Selma is describing ..........................................................................................................................[4]

Page 78: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

8

0478/12/O/N/17© UCLES 2017

7 Draw a logic circuit to represent the logic statement:

X = 1 if (A is NOT 1 AND B is 1) AND (A is NOT 1 AND C is NOT 1) OR (B is 1 AND C is 1)

A

B X

C

[7]

Page 79: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

9

0478/12/O/N/17© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

8 (a) A computer has 2048 MB of RAM.

How many GB of RAM does the computer have?

Show your working.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

..............................GB [2]

(b) Describe one item that is stored in RAM.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[2]

(c) Explain three ways that RAM is different to ROM.

1 ................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

2 ................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

3 ................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................[3]

Page 80: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

10

0478/12/O/N/17© UCLES 2017

9 Anna has a farm that grows fruit.

She has a system that monitors the conditions for growing the fruit.

Sensors are used in this system.

(a) Explain what is meant by the term sensor.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[2]

(b) State two sensors that could be used in this system and describe how they could be used.

Sensor 1 ...................................................................................................................................

Use ...........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

Sensor 2 ...................................................................................................................................

Use ...........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................... [6]

Page 81: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

11

0478/12/O/N/17© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

10 (a) Describe what is meant by Transport Layer Security (TLS).

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[3]

(b) Name three different applications of TLS.

1 ................................................................................................................................................

2 ................................................................................................................................................

3 ................................................................................................................................................ [3]

Page 82: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

12

0478/12/O/N/17© UCLES 2017

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

11 Complete the paragraphs choosing the correct five terms from the list. Each term can only be used once:

• Ethics• Freeware• Free Software• Hacking• Malware• Plagiarism• Shareware• Virus

Taking another person’s work from the Internet and claiming it as your own is called

............................................. . It is possible to protect your work online with copyright.

One product that people may want to protect is software. ............................................. does allow

a person to share, copy and change software freely, but ............................................. does not

allow a person to do this legally. Software that has a licence allowing free use for a trial period

is called ............................................ . The name given to this area of Computer Science is

............................................. .[5]

Page 83: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

This document consists of 11 printed pages and 1 blank page.

DC (CE/SW) 152857© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

*3002984728*

COMPUTER SCIENCE 0478/13Paper 1 Theory October/November 2017 1 hour 45 minutesCandidates answer on the Question Paper.No Additional Materials are required.No calculators allowed.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name in the spaces at the top of this page.Write in dark blue or black pen.You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams, graphs or rough working.Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.No marks will be awarded for using brand names of software packages or hardware.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

The maximum number of marks is 75.

Cambridge International ExaminationsCambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

The syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

Page 84: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

2

0478/13/O/N/17© UCLES 2017

1 A washing machine has a small display screen built into it.

One use of the display screen is to show an error code when a problem has occurred with a washing cycle.

(a) State whether the display screen is an input, output or storage device.

...............................................................................................................................................[1]

(b) The display screen shows a hexadecimal error code:

E04 This error code means that the water will not empty out of the washing machine.

Convert this error code to binary.

[3]

(c) State why hexadecimal is used to display the error code.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[1]

(d) Identify three sensors that could be used in the washing machine.

State what each sensor could be used for.

Sensor 1 ...................................................................................................................................

Use ...........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

Sensor 2 ...................................................................................................................................

Use ...........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

Sensor 3 ...................................................................................................................................

Use ...........................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................... [6]

Page 85: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

3

0478/13/O/N/17© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

2 Data files are stored in different file formats.

Complete the table by providing a suitable file format for each file type. The first one has been done for you.

File type File format

Pictures .JPEG

Text

Sound

Video

[3]

3 (a) An example of a Uniform Resource Locator (URL) is:

http://www.cie.org.uk/index.htmPart 1 Part 2 Part 3

Identify the three parts that make up this URL.

Part 1 ........................................................................................................................................

Part 2 ........................................................................................................................................

Part 3 ........................................................................................................................................ [3]

(b) Describe what is meant by an Internet Protocol (IP) address.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[4]

Page 86: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

4

0478/13/O/N/17© UCLES 2017

4 Six components of a computer system and six descriptions are shown.

Draw a line to match each component with the most suitable description.

Component Description

Arithmetic Logic Unit (ALU)

Buses

Control Unit(CU)

Immediate Access Store (IAS)

Input/Output

Registers

Used to connect together the internal components

of the CPU.

Used to carry out calculations on data.

Used to temporarily hold data and instructions during processing.

Used to allow interaction with the computer.

Used to hold data and instructions before they

are processed.

Used to manage the flow of data through the CPU.

[5]

Page 87: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

5

0478/13/O/N/17© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

5 (a) Draw a logic circuit for the logic statement:

X = 1 if ((A is 1 AND B is 1) OR (A is NOT 1 AND C is 1))

A

B X

C

[4]

Page 88: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

6

0478/13/O/N/17© UCLES 2017

(b) Draw the symbol for an XOR gate and explain the function of this logic gate.

Explanation ...............................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[5]

6 Describe the operation of a 2D scanner and a 3D scanner.

2D .....................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

3D .....................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................................... [6]

Page 89: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

7

0478/13/O/N/17© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

7 Six statements about firewalls are shown.

Tick (3) to show whether each statement is true or false.

Statement true(3)

false(3)

Firewalls can monitor incoming and outgoing traffic.

Firewalls operate by checking traffic against a set of rules.

Firewalls cannot block access to a certain website.

Firewalls can be software and hardware.

Firewalls can act as intermediary servers.

Firewalls can block unauthorised traffic.

[6]

Page 90: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

8

0478/13/O/N/17© UCLES 2017

8 (a) Data is valuable. It needs to be kept secure and it can easily be damaged.

Give three different ways that data can be accidentally damaged.

1 ................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

2 ................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

3 ................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................... [3]

(b) The Secure Socket Layer (SSL) protocol can be used to securely transmit data in online banking.

State three other different applications that use SSL.

Application 1 .............................................................................................................................

Application 2 .............................................................................................................................

Application 3 ............................................................................................................................. [3]

Page 91: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

9

0478/13/O/N/17© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

(c) Online banking is increasing in popularity.

Online banking can be a risk as it can raise a number of security issues. SSL can be used as a security method to make online banking safer.

Identify and describe three other security methods that could be used to make online banking safer.

Security method 1 .....................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

Security method 2 .....................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

Security method 3 .....................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................... [6]

Page 92: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

10

0478/13/O/N/17© UCLES 2017

9 (a) Optical storage media can be used to store data.

Describe how the data is read from a Compact Disc (CD).

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[4]

(b) Kamil wants to store a 16-bit colour image file. The image size is 1000 pixels.

Calculate the size of the file.

Give your answer in bytes. Show your working.

Working .....................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

Answer ............................... bytes [2]

(c) Describe the differences between primary and secondary storage.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[4]

Page 93: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

11

0478/13/O/N/17© UCLES 2017

10 Six statements about assembly language are shown.

Tick (3) whether the statement is true or false.

Statement true(3)

false(3)

Assembly language uses mnemonic codes.

Assembly language programs do not need a translator to be executed.

Assembly language is a low-level programming language.

Assembly language is specific to the computer hardware.

Assembly language is machine code.

Assembly language is often used to create drivers for hardware.

[6]

Page 94: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

12

0478/13/O/N/17© UCLES 2017

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

BLANK PAGE

Page 95: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

*9777315973*

This document consists of 12 printed pages.

DC (CW/SW) 131978/2© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

Cambridge International ExaminationsCambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

COMPUTER SCIENCE 0478/21Paper 2 Problem-solving and Programming October/November 2017 1 hour 45 minutesCandidates answer on the Question Paper.No Additional Materials are required.No calculators allowed.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name in the spaces at the top of this page.Write in dark blue or black pen.You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams, graphs or rough working.Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.

DO NOT ATTEMPT TASKS 1, 2 AND 3 in the pre-release material; these are for information only.

You are advised to spend no more than 40 minutes on Section A (Question 1).

No marks will be awarded for using brand names of software packages or hardware.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.

The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

The maximum number of marks is 50.

The syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

Page 96: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

2

0478/21/O/N/17© UCLES 2017

Section A

You are advised to spend no longer than 40 minutes answering this section.

Here is a copy of the pre-release material.

DO NOT attempt Tasks 1, 2 and 3 now.

Use the pre-release material and your experience from attempting the tasks before the examination to answer Question 1.

Pre-release material

A small airfield operates a flying club where people can take a short flight to see if they would like flying lessons. The owner of the airfield has asked you to write a program to organise the flight bookings. The airfield operates three different planes and offers either a 30 minute or a 60 minute flight.

The following table shows the tariff:

Length of Flight 2 Seater Plane 4 Seater Plane Historic Plane30 minutes $100 $120 $30060 minutes $150 $200 $500

After each flight, 30 minutes must be allowed for refuelling and safety checks before the next flight can take off. All planes offer both 30 minute and 60 minute flights, but, for the purpose of this activity, they will not be mixed on a given day, e.g. the 2 seater will offer 30 minute flights ONLY on one day and 60 minute flights ONLY on another day.

Write and test a program for the owner of the airfield.

• Your program must include appropriate prompts for the entry of data.• Error messages and other output need to be set out clearly and understandably.• All variables, constants and other identifiers must have meaningful names.

You will need to complete these three tasks. Each task must be fully tested.

TASK 1 – Work out the maximum income.Assume that the flights take place between 08:00 and 18:00. Write a program that will work out the maximum income that can be generated by each plane in a day for each type of flight. The program should allow you to:

• input the type of plane• input the length of flight• calculate the maximum number of flights in a day• output the total possible income per day for the choice of plane and length of flight

TASK 2 – Record bookings.Write a program to store bookings for each plane and to allow you to find which planes are available at a given time slot during the day. The program should calculate the actual number of flights taken by each plane in that day.

TASK 3 – Work out income.Modify TASK 2 so that it will calculate the total amount of money taken in a day for each plane, as well as the overall daily total for all three planes, and output the results.

Page 97: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

3

0478/21/O/N/17© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

1 (a) All variables, constants and other identifiers should have meaningful names.

(i) Declare suitable arrays for each of the planes to store time slots booked.

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[3]

(ii) Name one variable and one constant you used for Task 1 and state the purpose of each one.

Variable .............................................................................................................................

Purpose .............................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

Constant ............................................................................................................................

Purpose .............................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................... [4]

Page 98: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

4

0478/21/O/N/17© UCLES 2017

(b) Write an algorithm to complete Task 1, using either pseudocode, programming statements or a flowchart.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

Page 99: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

5

0478/21/O/N/17© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[5]

Page 100: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

6

0478/21/O/N/17© UCLES 2017

(c) Describe how you could validate and test the inputs for Task 1.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[4]

(d) Explain how your program checks and displays whether any of the planes are available at a given time of the day (Task 2). Any programming statements used must be fully explained.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[4]

Page 101: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

7

0478/21/O/N/17© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

Section B

2 This section of program code asks for 80 numbers between 100 and 1000 to be entered. It checks that the numbers are in the correct range, and stores them in an array. It counts how many of the numbers are larger than 500 and then outputs the result when the program is finished.

1 Count = 0 2 FOR Index = 1 TO 80 3 INPUT 'Enter a number between 100 and 1000', Number 4 WHILE Number = 99 AND Number = 1001 5 INPUT 'This is incorrect, please try again', Number 6 ENDWHILE 7 Num[80] = Number 8 IF Number > 500 THEN Count = Count + 1 9 UNTIL Index = 80 10 PRINT Index 11 PRINT ' numbers were larger than 500'

There are four lines of code that contain errors.

State the line number for each error and write the correct code for that line.

Error 1 Line Number .............................

Correct Code ....................................................................................................................................

Error 2 Line Number .............................

Correct Code ....................................................................................................................................

Error 3 Line Number .............................

Correct Code ....................................................................................................................................

Error 4 Line Number .............................

Correct Code .................................................................................................................................... [4]

Page 102: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

8

0478/21/O/N/17© UCLES 2017

3 (a) Explain the difference between a validation check and a verification check.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[2]

(b) Describe, using an example, how data could be verified on data entry.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[2]

(c) Explain what is meant by the term library routine.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[2]

4 (a) Four pseudocode descriptions and five pseudocode statements are shown. Draw one line to link each pseudocode description to the correct pseudocode statement. Not all pseudocode statements will be used.

Pseudocode description Pseudocode statement

A loop that will iterate at least

once.

A conditional statement to deal with many possible outcomes.

A loop that will iterate a set

number of times.

A conditional statement with different outcomes for true

and false.

FOR…TO…NEXT

IF…THEN…ELSE…ENDIF

WHILE…DO…ENDWHILE

CASE…OF…OTHERWISE…ENDCASE

REPEAT…UNTIL

[4]

Page 103: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

9

0478/21/O/N/17© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

(b) Write an algorithm in pseudocode, using a single loop, to print 50 names that have been stored in an array.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[3]

Page 104: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

10

0478/21/O/N/17© UCLES 2017

5 The flowchart below represents a program routine.

Flag 0Count 1

START

END

Is Name[Count]> Name[Count + 1]?

Is Count= 4?

Is Flag= 0?

No

No

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Temp Name[Count]

Name[Count] Name[Count + 1]

Name[Count + 1] Temp

Flag 1

Count Count + 1

Page 105: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

11

0478/21/O/N/17© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

(a) The array used in the flowchart contains the following data:

Name[1] Name[2] Name[3] Name[4]

Jamal Amir Eve Tara

Complete the trace table using the data given in the array.

Flag Count Name[1] Name[2] Name[3] Name[4] Temp

Jamal Amir Eve Tara

[5]

(b) Describe what the algorithm represented by the flowchart is doing.

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[2]

Question 6 begins on Page 12.

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

Page 106: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

12

0478/21/O/N/17© UCLES 2017

6 A wildlife park has a database table, called LIVESTOCK, to classify and record its animal species. Part of the database table is shown.

Species Classification Diet Legs

Giraffe Mammal Herbivore 4

Elephant Mammal Herbivore 4

Crocodile Reptile Carnivore 4

Ostrich Bird Omnivore 2

Gorilla Mammal Herbivore 2

Bear Mammal Omnivore 4

Rhinoceros Mammal Herbivore 4

Hippopotamus Mammal Herbivore 4

Flamingo Bird Omnivore 2

Lion Mammal Carnivore 4

Turtle Reptile Omnivore 4

Penguin Bird Carnivore 2

(a) Suggest another appropriate field that could be added to this database by stating its name and data type. State its purpose and give an example of the data it could contain.

Field name ................................................................................................................................

Data Type .................................................................................................................................

Purpose ....................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

Example of data ........................................................................................................................ [2]

(b) Use the query-by-example grid below to provide a list of all four legged mammals that are herbivores, sorted alphabetically by species, with only the species displayed.

Field:

Table:

Sort:

Show:

Criteria:

or:

[4]

Page 107: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

*3781982019*

This document consists of 10 printed pages and 2 blank pages.

DC (CW/FD) 132152/3© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

Cambridge International ExaminationsCambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

COMPUTER SCIENCE 0478/22Paper 2 Problem-solving and Programming October/November 2017 1 hour 45 minutesCandidates answer on the Question Paper.No Additional Materials are required.No calculators allowed.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name in the spaces at the top of this page.Write in dark blue or black pen.You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams, graphs or rough working.Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.

DO NOT ATTEMPT TASKS 1, 2 AND 3 in the pre-release material; these are for information only.

You are advised to spend no more than 40 minutes on Section A (Question 1).

No marks will be awarded for using brand names of software packages or hardware.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.

The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

The maximum number of marks is 50.

The syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

Page 108: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

2

0478/22/O/N/17© UCLES 2017

Section A

You are advised to spend no longer than 40 minutes answering this section.

Here is a copy of the pre-release material.

DO NOT attempt Tasks 1, 2 and 3 now.

Use the pre-release material and your experience from attempting the tasks before the examination to answer Question 1.

Pre-release material

The owner of a river boat hire company wants to calculate the daily profits from hiring out 10 rowing boats on the river. Boats are numbered 1 to 10. Boats can be hired for use between 10:00 and 17:00 every day.

Write and test a program for the owner.

• Your program must include appropriate prompts for the entry of data. • Error messages and other output need to be set out clearly and understandably. • All variables, constants and other identifiers must have meaningful names.

You will need to complete these three tasks. Each task must be fully tested.

TASK 1 – calculate the money taken in a day for one boat.

The cost of hiring a boat is $20 for one hour or $12 for half an hour. When a boat is hired the payment is added to the money taken for the day. The running total of hours hired that day is updated and the time when the boat must be returned is stored. At the end of the day the money taken and the total hours hired is output.No boat can be hired before 10:00 or returned after 17:00.

TASK 2 – find the next boat available.

Extend TASK 1 to work for all 10 rowing boats. Use the data stored for each boat to find out how many boats are available for hire at the current time. If no boats are available show the earliest time that a boat will be available for hire.

TASK 3 – calculate the money taken for all the boats at the end of the day.

At the end of the day use the data stored for each boat to calculate the total amount of money taken and the total number of hours boats were hired that day. Find out how many boats were not used that day and which boat was used the most. Provide a report for the owner to show this information.

Page 109: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

3

0478/22/O/N/17© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

1 (a) All variables, constants and other identifiers should have meaningful names.

(i) For one variable that you have used to record the information about a single boat in Task 1, state the name, data type and its use.

Variable name ...................................................................................................................

Data type ...........................................................................................................................

Use ....................................................................................................................................[3]

(ii) State one constant and its value that you could have used for Task 1.

Constant name ..................................................................................................................

Value .................................................................................................................................[2]

(b) Give two different validation checks you could have used for data entry in Task 1. For each check explain why it could be used and provide a set of data for testing.

Validation check 1 .....................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

Reason for choice .....................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

Set of test data .........................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

Validation check 2 .....................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

Reason for choice .....................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

Set of test data .........................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................[6]

Page 110: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

4

0478/22/O/N/17© UCLES 2017

(c) Write an algorithm to complete Task 3, using either pseudocode, programming statements or a flowchart. You may assume Task 2 has been completed.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[5]

Page 111: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

5

0478/22/O/N/17© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

(d) Explain how your program finds out how many boats are available for hire (Task 2). Any programming statements used must be fully explained.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[4]

Page 112: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

6

0478/22/O/N/17© UCLES 2017

Section B

2 Write an algorithm using either pseudocode or a flowchart, to:

• input a positive integer • use this value to set up how many other numbers are to be input • input these numbers • calculate and output the total and the average of these numbers.

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................................................[6]

Page 113: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

7

0478/22/O/N/17© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

3 The following diagram shows four data structures and four descriptions.

Draw a line to connect each data structure to the correct description.

Data structure Description

Constant

A collection of related data

Array

A value that can change whilst a program is running

Table

A value that never changes whilst a program is running

Variable

A series of elements of the same data type

[3]

4 IF … THEN … ELSE … ENDIF is one type of conditional statement used when writing pseudocode.

Identify and describe another type of conditional statement that you could use when writing pseudocode. Give a reason why you would use this type of conditional statement.

Conditional statement ......................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

Description .......................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

Reason .............................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................................... [4]

Page 114: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

8

0478/22/O/N/17© UCLES 2017

5 (a) This flowchart checks a batch of 10 rice sacks for weight. Sacks should weigh 50 kilograms each. Sacks weighing over 50.5 kilograms or less than 49.5 kilograms are rejected. The number of sacks accepted and the number of sacks rejected is output.

START

AcceptRejectCount

Is Count= 10?

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

No

No

INPUTSack

Count Count + 1

Accept + 1

000

END

Accept

Reject Reject + 1

OUTPUTAccept,Reject

Is Sack< 49.5?

Is Sack> 50.5?

Page 115: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

9

0478/22/O/N/17© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

Complete the trace table for the input data:

50.4, 50.3, 49.1, 50.3, 50.0, 49.5, 50.2, 50.3, 50.5, 50.6

Accept Reject Count Sack OUTPUT

[5]

(b) The size of the batch has increased to 50 sacks. It has been decided to only reject sacks that are underweight.

State the changes that need to be made to the flowchart.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[2]

Page 116: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

10

0478/22/O/N/17© UCLES 2017

6 A database table, TRAIN, is to be set up for a railway company to keep a record of the engines available for use. Each engine has a unique number made up of 5 digits, nnnnn. The engines are classified as freight (F) or passenger (P) together with a power classification that is a whole number between 0 and 9, for example F8. The railway company keeps a record of the date of the last service for each engine.

(a) Identify the three fields required for the database. Give each field a suitable name and data type. Provide a sample of data that you could expect to see in the field.

Field 1 Name ............................................................................................................................

Data type ..................................................................................................................................

Data sample .............................................................................................................................

Field 2 Name ............................................................................................................................

Data type ..................................................................................................................................

Data sample .............................................................................................................................

Field 3 Name ............................................................................................................................

Data type ..................................................................................................................................

Data sample .........................................................................................................................[6]

(b) State the field that you should choose as the primary key.

...............................................................................................................................................[1]

(c) Using the query-by-example grid below, write a query to identify all passenger engines that have not been serviced in the past 12 months. Only display the engine numbers.

Field:

Table:

Sort:

Show:

Criteria:

or:

[3]

Page 117: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

11

0478/22/O/N/17© UCLES 2017

BLANK PAGE

Page 118: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

12

0478/22/O/N/17© UCLES 2017

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

BLANK PAGE

Page 119: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

*0495102828*

This document consists of 12 printed pages.

DC (LK) 150377© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

Cambridge International ExaminationsCambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

COMPUTER SCIENCE 0478/23Paper 2 Problem-solving and Programming October/November 2017 1 hour 45 minutesCandidates answer on the Question Paper.No Additional Materials are required.No calculators allowed.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name in the spaces at the top of this page.Write in dark blue or black pen.You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams, graphs or rough working.Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.

DO NOT ATTEMPT TASKS 1, 2 AND 3 in the pre-release material; these are for information only.

You are advised to spend no more than 40 minutes on Section A (Question 1).

No marks will be awarded for using brand names of software packages or hardware.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.

The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

The maximum number of marks is 50.

The syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

Page 120: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

2

0478/23/O/N/17© UCLES 2017

Section A

You are advised to spend no longer than 40 minutes answering this section.

Here is a copy of the pre-release material.

DO NOT attempt Tasks 1, 2 and 3 now.

Use the pre-release material and your experience from attempting the tasks before the examination to answer Question 1.

Pre-release material

A small airfield operates a flying club where people can take a short flight to see if they would like flying lessons. The owner of the airfield has asked you to write a program to organise the flight bookings. The airfield operates three different planes and offers either a 30 minute or a 60 minute flight.

The following table shows the tariff:

Length of Flight 2 Seater Plane 4 Seater Plane Historic Plane30 minutes $100 $120 $30060 minutes $150 $200 $500

After each flight, 30 minutes must be allowed for refuelling and safety checks before the next flight can take off. All planes offer both 30 minute and 60 minute flights, but, for the purpose of this activity, they will not be mixed on a given day, e.g. the 2 seater will offer 30 minute flights ONLY on one day and 60 minute flights ONLY on another day.

Write and test a program for the owner of the airfield.

• Your program must include appropriate prompts for the entry of data.• Error messages and other output need to be set out clearly and understandably.• All variables, constants and other identifiers must have meaningful names.

You will need to complete these three tasks. Each task must be fully tested.

TASK 1 – Work out the maximum income.Assume that the flights take place between 08:00 and 18:00. Write a program that will work out the maximum income that can be generated by each plane in a day for each type of flight. The program should allow you to:

• input the type of plane• input the length of flight• calculate the maximum number of flights in a day• output the total possible income per day for the choice of plane and length of flight

TASK 2 – Record bookings.Write a program to store bookings for each plane and to allow you to find which planes are available at a given time slot during the day. The program should calculate the actual number of flights taken by each plane in that day.

TASK 3 – Work out income.Modify TASK 2 so that it will calculate the total amount of money taken in a day for each plane, as well as the overall daily total for all three planes, and output the results.

Page 121: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

3

0478/23/O/N/17© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

1 (a) All variables, constants and other identifiers should have meaningful names.

(i) Declare suitable arrays for each of the planes to store time slots booked.

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[3]

(ii) Name one variable and one constant you used for Task 1 and state the purpose of each one.

Variable .............................................................................................................................

Purpose .............................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

Constant ............................................................................................................................

Purpose .............................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................... [4]

Page 122: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

4

0478/23/O/N/17© UCLES 2017

(b) Write an algorithm to complete Task 1, using either pseudocode, programming statements or a flowchart.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

Page 123: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

5

0478/23/O/N/17© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[5]

Page 124: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

6

0478/23/O/N/17© UCLES 2017

(c) Describe how you could validate and test the inputs for Task 1.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[4]

(d) Explain how your program checks and displays whether any of the planes are available at a given time of the day (Task 2). Any programming statements used must be fully explained.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[4]

Page 125: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

7

0478/23/O/N/17© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

Section B

2 This section of program code asks for 80 numbers between 100 and 1000 to be entered. It checks that the numbers are in the correct range, and stores them in an array. It counts how many of the numbers are larger than 500 and then outputs the result when the program is finished.

1 Count = 0 2 FOR Index = 1 TO 80 3 INPUT 'Enter a number between 100 and 1000', Number 4 WHILE Number = 99 AND Number = 1001 5 INPUT 'This is incorrect, please try again', Number 6 ENDWHILE 7 Num[80] = Number 8 IF Number > 500 THEN Count = Count + 1 9 UNTIL Index = 80 10 PRINT Index 11 PRINT ' numbers were larger than 500'

There are four lines of code that contain errors.

State the line number for each error and write the correct code for that line.

Error 1 Line Number .............................

Correct Code ....................................................................................................................................

Error 2 Line Number .............................

Correct Code ....................................................................................................................................

Error 3 Line Number .............................

Correct Code ....................................................................................................................................

Error 4 Line Number .............................

Correct Code .................................................................................................................................... [4]

Page 126: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

8

0478/23/O/N/17© UCLES 2017

3 (a) Explain the difference between a validation check and a verification check.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[2]

(b) Describe, using an example, how data could be verified on data entry.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[2]

(c) Explain what is meant by the term library routine.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[2]

4 (a) Four pseudocode descriptions and five pseudocode statements are shown. Draw one line to link each pseudocode description to the correct pseudocode statement. Not all pseudocode statements will be used.

Pseudocode description Pseudocode statement

A loop that will iterate at least

once.

A conditional statement to deal with many possible outcomes.

A loop that will iterate a set

number of times.

A conditional statement with different outcomes for true

and false.

FOR…TO…NEXT

IF…THEN…ELSE…ENDIF

WHILE…DO…ENDWHILE

CASE…OF…OTHERWISE…ENDCASE

REPEAT…UNTIL

[4]

Page 127: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

9

0478/23/O/N/17© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

(b) Write an algorithm in pseudocode, using a single loop, to print 50 names that have been stored in an array.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[3]

Page 128: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

10

0478/23/O/N/17© UCLES 2017

5 The flowchart below represents a program routine.

Flag 0Count 1

START

END

Is Name[Count]> Name[Count + 1]?

Is Count= 4?

Is Flag= 0?

No

No

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Temp Name[Count]

Name[Count] Name[Count + 1]

Name[Count + 1] Temp

Flag 1

Count Count + 1

Page 129: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

11

0478/23/O/N/17© UCLES 2017 [Turn over

(a) The array used in the flowchart contains the following data:

Name[1] Name[2] Name[3] Name[4]

Jamal Amir Eve Tara

Complete the trace table using the data given in the array.

Flag Count Name[1] Name[2] Name[3] Name[4] Temp

Jamal Amir Eve Tara

[5]

(b) Describe what the algorithm represented by the flowchart is doing.

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[2]

Question 6 begins on Page 12.

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

Page 130: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

12

0478/23/O/N/17© UCLES 2017

6 A wildlife park has a database table, called LIVESTOCK, to classify and record its animal species. Part of the database table is shown.

Species Classification Diet Legs

Giraffe Mammal Herbivore 4

Elephant Mammal Herbivore 4

Crocodile Reptile Carnivore 4

Ostrich Bird Omnivore 2

Gorilla Mammal Herbivore 2

Bear Mammal Omnivore 4

Rhinoceros Mammal Herbivore 4

Hippopotamus Mammal Herbivore 4

Flamingo Bird Omnivore 2

Lion Mammal Carnivore 4

Turtle Reptile Omnivore 4

Penguin Bird Carnivore 2

(a) Suggest another appropriate field that could be added to this database by stating its name and data type. State its purpose and give an example of the data it could contain.

Field name ................................................................................................................................

Data Type .................................................................................................................................

Purpose ....................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

Example of data ........................................................................................................................ [2]

(b) Use the query-by-example grid below to provide a list of all four legged mammals that are herbivores, sorted alphabetically by species, with only the species displayed.

Field:

Table:

Sort:

Show:

Criteria:

or:

[4]

Page 131: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

Grade thresholds – March 2018

Learn more! For more information please visit www.cambridgeinternational.org/igcse or contact Customer Services on +44 (0)1223 553554 or email [email protected]

Cambridge IGCSE Computer Science (0478) Grade thresholds taken for Syllabus 0478 (Computer Science) in the March 2018 examination.

minimum raw mark required for grade:

maximum raw

mark available

A B C D E F G

Component 12 75 53 45 37 32 28 23 18

Component 22 50 36 29 22 18 14 11 8 Grade A* does not exist at the level of an individual component. The maximum total mark for this syllabus, after weighting has been applied, is 125. The overall thresholds for the different grades were set as follows.

Option Combination of Components A* A B C D E F G

AY 12, 22 104 89 74 59 50 42 34 26

Page 132: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

® IGCSE is a registered trademark.

This syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 11 printed pages.

© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

Cambridge Assessment International Education Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

COMPUTER SCIENCE 0478/12 Paper 1 March 2018

MARK SCHEME

Maximum Mark: 75

Published

This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began, which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers. Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner Report for Teachers. Cambridge International will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes. Cambridge International is publishing the mark schemes for the March 2018 series for most Cambridge IGCSE®, Cambridge International A and AS Level components and some Cambridge O Level components.

Page 133: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/12

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

arch

201

8 ©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

2 of

11

Gen

eric

Mar

king

Prin

cipl

es

Th

ese

gene

ral m

arki

ng p

rinci

ples

mus

t be

appl

ied

by a

ll ex

amin

ers

whe

n m

arki

ng c

andi

date

ans

wer

s. T

hey

shou

ld b

e ap

plie

d al

ongs

ide

the

spec

ific

cont

ent o

f the

mar

k sc

hem

e or

gen

eric

leve

l des

crip

tors

for a

que

stio

n. E

ach

ques

tion

pape

r and

mar

k sc

hem

e w

ill a

lso

com

ply

with

thes

e m

arki

ng p

rinci

ples

. G

EN

ER

IC M

AR

KIN

G P

RIN

CIP

LE 1

: M

arks

mus

t be

awar

ded

in li

ne w

ith:

• th

e sp

ecifi

c co

nten

t of t

he m

ark

sche

me

or th

e ge

neric

leve

l des

crip

tors

for t

he q

uest

ion

• th

e sp

ecifi

c sk

ills

defin

ed in

the

mar

k sc

hem

e or

in th

e ge

neric

leve

l des

crip

tors

for t

he q

uest

ion

• th

e st

anda

rd o

f res

pons

e re

quire

d by

a c

andi

date

as

exem

plifi

ed b

y th

e st

anda

rdis

atio

n sc

ripts

.

GE

NE

RIC

MA

RK

ING

PR

INC

IPLE

2:

Mar

ks a

war

ded

are

alw

ays

who

le m

arks

(not

hal

f mar

ks, o

r oth

er fr

actio

ns).

GE

NE

RIC

MA

RK

ING

PR

INC

IPLE

3:

Mar

ks m

ust b

e aw

arde

d po

sitiv

ely:

mar

ks a

re a

war

ded

for c

orre

ct/v

alid

ans

wer

s, a

s de

fined

in th

e m

ark

sche

me.

How

ever

, cre

dit i

s gi

ven

for v

alid

ans

wer

s w

hich

go

beyo

nd th

e sc

ope

of th

e sy

llabu

s an

d m

ark

sche

me,

refe

rrin

g to

you

r Tea

m L

eade

r as

appr

opria

te

• m

arks

are

aw

arde

d w

hen

cand

idat

es c

lear

ly d

emon

stra

te w

hat t

hey

know

and

can

do

• m

arks

are

not

ded

ucte

d fo

r err

ors

• m

arks

are

not

ded

ucte

d fo

r om

issi

ons

• an

swer

s sh

ould

onl

y be

judg

ed o

n th

e qu

ality

of s

pelli

ng, p

unct

uatio

n an

d gr

amm

ar w

hen

thes

e fe

atur

es a

re s

peci

fical

ly a

sses

sed

by th

e qu

estio

n as

indi

cate

d by

the

mar

k sc

hem

e. T

he m

eani

ng, h

owev

er, s

houl

d be

una

mbi

guou

s.

GE

NE

RIC

MA

RK

ING

PR

INC

IPLE

4:

Rul

es m

ust b

e ap

plie

d co

nsis

tent

ly e

.g. i

n si

tuat

ions

whe

re c

andi

date

s ha

ve n

ot fo

llow

ed in

stru

ctio

ns o

r in

the

appl

icat

ion

of g

ener

ic le

vel

desc

ripto

rs.

Page 134: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/12

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

arch

201

8 ©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

3 of

11

GE

NE

RIC

MA

RK

ING

PR

INC

IPLE

5:

Mar

ks s

houl

d be

aw

arde

d us

ing

the

full

rang

e of

mar

ks d

efin

ed in

the

mar

k sc

hem

e fo

r the

que

stio

n (h

owev

er; t

he u

se o

f the

full

mar

k ra

nge

may

be

lim

ited

acco

rdin

g to

the

qual

ity o

f the

can

dida

te re

spon

ses

seen

).

GE

NE

RIC

MA

RK

ING

PR

INC

IPLE

6:

Mar

ks a

war

ded

are

base

d so

lely

on

the

requ

irem

ents

as

defin

ed in

the

mar

k sc

hem

e. M

arks

sho

uld

not b

e aw

arde

d w

ith g

rade

thre

shol

ds o

r gr

ade

desc

ripto

rs in

min

d.

Page 135: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/12

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

arch

201

8 ©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

4 of

11

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

1

1

mar

k fo

r eac

h ‘T

ype

of s

oftw

are’

if c

orre

ct li

nes

are

atta

ched

to it

.

2

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

2(a)

A

ny th

ree

from

: S

cans

file

s fo

r viru

ses

// de

tect

s/id

entif

ies

a vi

rus

Can

con

stan

tly ru

n in

bac

kgro

und

Can

run

a sc

hedu

led

scan

C

an a

utom

atic

ally

upd

atin

g vi

rus

defin

ition

s C

an q

uara

ntin

e a

viru

s C

an d

elet

e a

viru

s C

ompl

etes

heu

ristic

che

ckin

g

Not

ifies

use

r of a

pos

sibl

e vi

rus

3

Des

crip

tion

Ty

pe o

f sof

twar

e

Free

to d

ownl

oad

Cod

e ca

n be

mod

ified

an

d re

dist

ribut

ed

Sub

ject

to c

opyr

ight

le

gisl

atio

n

Free

sof

twar

e

Free

war

e

Page 136: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/12

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

arch

201

8 ©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

5 of

11

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

2(b)

A

ny th

ree

from

: U

se a

fire

wal

l U

se o

f a p

roxy

ser

ver

Do

not u

se /

dow

nloa

d so

ftwar

e / f

iles

from

unk

now

n so

urce

s

Do

not s

hare

ext

erna

l sto

rage

dev

ices

/ U

SB

pen

s D

o no

t ope

n / t

ake

care

whe

n op

enin

g at

tach

men

ts /

link

Do

not c

onne

ct c

ompu

ter t

o ne

twor

k / u

se a

s st

and-

alon

e co

mpu

ter

Lim

iting

acc

ess

to th

e co

mpu

ter

3

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

3(a)

B

yte

3 / 1

0110

100

1

3(b)

O

dd p

arity

use

d C

ount

ed /

adde

d th

e nu

mbe

r 1’s

// M

ost B

ytes

hav

e an

odd

num

ber o

f 1’s

B

yte

3 ha

s an

eve

n nu

mbe

r of 1

’s //

Byt

e 3

didn

’t fo

llow

odd

par

ity

3

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

4 A

ny s

ix fr

om:

Sen

sor(

s) s

end

data

/sig

nals

to th

e m

icro

proc

esso

r A

nalo

gue

sign

al/d

ata

from

sen

sor i

s co

nver

ted

to d

igita

l (us

ing

AD

C)

Mic

ropr

oces

sor c

ompa

res

data

val

ue a

gain

st s

et b

ound

arie

s / p

re-s

et d

ata

If va

lue

betw

een

21 a

nd 2

4

no

actio

n ta

ken

If va

lue

> 24 °C

/ si

gnal

is s

ent f

rom

mic

ropr

oces

sor

to

turn

con

ditio

ning

uni

t ON

//Set

to c

old

If va

lue

is <

21 

°C s

igna

l is

sent

from

mic

ropr

oces

sor

to

turn

con

ditio

ning

uni

t ON

//Set

to w

arm

P

roce

ss is

repe

ated

for a

con

tinuo

us o

pera

tion

6

Page 137: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/12

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

arch

201

8 ©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

6 of

11

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

5(a)

O

ne m

ark

for e

ach

corr

ect H

exad

ecim

al v

alue

C

4 10

FE

09

3

5(b)

A

ny tw

o fro

m:

Eas

ier /

sim

pler

to re

mem

ber /

writ

e do

wn

// qu

icke

r to

trans

crib

e Le

ss li

kely

to m

ake

erro

r Le

ss d

igits

to u

se

2

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

6 1

mar

k fo

r sui

tabl

e ex

ampl

e an

d 1

mar

k fo

r sui

tabl

e as

soci

ated

use

. P

rimar

y R

AM

s

tore

s O

S w

hen

runn

ing

/ dat

a cu

rren

tly in

use

/ in

stru

ctio

ns c

urre

ntly

in u

se

R

OM

s

tore

s bo

ot in

stru

ctio

ns /

BIO

S

C

ache

s

tore

s fre

quen

tly u

sed

inst

ruct

ions

S

econ

dary

H

DD

/ S

SD

stor

es fi

les

/ app

licat

ions

(by

exam

ple)

O

fflin

e C

D/D

VD

/Blu

-ray

/Fla

sh M

emor

y/U

SB

stic

k/R

emov

able

HD

D/R

emov

able

SS

D

s

tore

s fil

es /

appl

icat

ions

(by

exam

ple)

6

Page 138: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/12

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

arch

201

8 ©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

7 of

11

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

7(a)

4

mar

ks fo

r 8 c

orre

ct o

utpu

ts

3 m

arks

for 6

cor

rect

out

puts

2

mar

ks fo

r 4 c

orre

ct o

utpu

ts

1 m

ark

for 2

cor

rect

out

puts

A

B

C

X

0 0

0 1

0 0

1 0

0 1

0 1

0 1

1 1

1 0

0 0

1 0

1 1

1 1

0 1

1 1

1 1

4

7(b)

1

mar

k pe

r gat

e in

cor

rect

loca

tion

6

Page 139: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/12

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

arch

201

8 ©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

8 of

11

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

7(c)

4

mar

ks fo

r 8 c

orre

ct o

utpu

ts

3 m

arks

for 6

cor

rect

out

puts

2

mar

ks fo

r 4 c

orre

ct o

utpu

ts

1 m

ark

for 2

cor

rect

out

puts

A

B

C

X

0 0

0 0

0 0

1 0

0 1

0 1

0 1

1 1

1 0

0 0

1 0

1 0

1 1

0 0

1 1

1 0

4

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

8(a)

Des

crip

tions

M

etho

d

Ser

ial

Par

alle

l

Mul

tiple

bits

are

sen

t and

rece

ived

at

the

sam

e tim

e.

[1]

Bits

are

sen

t one

at a

tim

e in

a s

ingl

e di

rect

ion.

[1

]

Bits

are

sen

t usi

ng a

sin

gle

wire

. Dat

a ca

n be

sen

t or r

ecei

ved,

but

not

at t

he

sam

e tim

e.

[1]

3

Page 140: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/12

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

arch

201

8 ©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

9 of

11

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

8(b)

Des

crip

tions

Ty

pe

S

impl

ex

Hal

f-dup

lex

Dup

lex

Mul

tiple

bits

are

sen

t and

rece

ived

at

the

sam

e tim

e.

[1

]

Bits

are

sen

t one

at a

tim

e in

a s

ingl

e di

rect

ion.

[1]

Bits

are

sen

t usi

ng a

sin

gle

wire

. Dat

a ca

n be

sen

t or r

ecei

ved,

but

not

at t

he

sam

e tim

e.

[1

]

3

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

9 M

ax 3

– 1

mar

k fo

r cor

rect

ans

wer

and

2 m

arks

for c

orre

ct c

alcu

latio

ns.

Any

two

from

: 16

000

× 32

51

2000

/ 10

24

Or

1600

0 ×

8

1280

00 ×

32

4096

000

/ 8

5120

00 /

1024

C

orre

ct a

nsw

er:

500 

kB

3

Page 141: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/12

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

arch

201

8 ©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

10 o

f 11

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

10(a

)(i)

1001

0 1

10(a

)(ii)

11

1100

01

1

10(b

) A

ny fo

ur fr

om:

The

prog

ram

is s

tore

d on

a s

econ

dary

sto

rage

dev

ice

Dat

a an

d in

stru

ctio

ns a

re m

oved

to m

emor

y / R

AM

D

ata

and

inst

ruct

ions

are

sto

red

in th

e sa

me

mem

ory

/ RA

M

Dat

a an

d in

stru

ctio

ns a

re m

oved

to re

gist

ers

to b

e ex

ecut

ed

Inst

ruct

ions

are

fetc

hed

one

at a

tim

e

4

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

11(a

) S

mal

ler f

ile s

ize

redu

ces

dow

nloa

d / d

ispl

ay ti

me

// re

duce

s up

load

tim

e

1

11(b

) A

ny fo

ur fr

om:

A c

ompr

essi

on a

lgor

ithm

is u

sed

Per

man

ently

del

etin

g so

me

data

// fi

le c

anno

t be

rest

ored

to o

rigin

al

Col

our d

epth

/ pa

lette

can

be

redu

ced

Res

olut

ion

can

be re

duce

d //

num

ber o

f pix

els

can

be re

duce

d Le

ss b

its w

ill b

e re

quire

d fo

r eac

h pi

xel /

col

our

4

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

12(a

) Q

uick

er to

sca

n

rath

er th

an ty

pe in

to a

sys

tem

Fe

wer

err

ors

n

o hu

man

inpu

t

4

Page 142: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/12

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

arch

201

8 ©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

11 o

f 11

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

12(b

) A

ny fo

ur fr

om:

Use

s a

barc

ode

read

er /

scan

ner

Rea

der s

hine

s lig

ht /

red

lase

r at b

arco

de

Whi

te li

nes

refle

ct (m

ore)

ligh

t S

enso

rs /

phot

oele

ctric

cel

ls d

etec

t lig

ht re

flect

ed b

ack

Diff

eren

t ref

lect

ions

/ ba

rs w

ill c

onve

rt to

diff

eren

t bin

ary

valu

es

4

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

13

Any

four

from

(Pro

vide

s an

) int

erfa

ce

• Lo

ads

/ ope

ns /

inst

alls

/ cl

oses

sof

twar

e •

Man

ages

the

hard

war

e //

man

ages

per

iphe

rals

// s

pool

ing

• M

anag

es th

e tra

nsfe

r of p

rogr

ams

into

and

out

of m

emor

y •

Div

ides

pro

cess

ing

time

// pr

oces

sor m

anag

emen

t •

Man

ages

file

han

dlin

g •

Man

ages

err

or h

andl

ing

/ int

erru

pts

• M

anag

es s

ecur

ity s

oftw

are

• M

anag

es u

tility

sof

twar

e •

Man

ages

use

r acc

ount

s •

Mul

titas

king

// M

ultip

roce

ssin

g //

Mul

tipro

gram

min

g //

Tim

e sl

icin

g •

Bat

ch p

roce

ssin

g //

real

tim

e pr

oces

sing

4

Page 143: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

*7599895984*

This document consists of 12 printed pages.

DC (LK/CGW) 161583/3 R© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

COMPUTER SCIENCE 0478/12Paper 1 Theory February/March 2018 1 hour 45 minutesCandidates answer on the Question Paper.No Additional Materials are required.No calculators allowed.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name in the spaces at the top of this page.Write in dark blue or black pen.You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams, graphs or rough working.Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.No marks will be awarded for using brand names of software packages or hardware.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

The maximum number of marks is 75.

Cambridge International ExaminationsCambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

This syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

Page 144: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

2

0478/12/F/M/18© UCLES 2018

1 Some types of software can be described as free software or freeware.

Draw lines to link each description to a correct type of software. A description can be linked to more than one type of software.

Description Type of software

Free to download

Free software

Code can be modified and redistributed

Freeware

Subject to copyright legislation

[2]

2 David has installed anti-virus software on his computer.

(a) State three tasks carried out by anti-virus software.

Task 1 .......................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

Task 2 .......................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

Task 3 .......................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................... [3]

Page 145: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

3

0478/12/F/M/18© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

(b) David is still concerned that his computer might get infected by a computer virus.

State three other ways in which David can reduce the risk of his computer getting a computer virus.

1 ................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

2 ................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

3 ................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................... [3]

3 Parity checks can be used to check for errors during data transmission.

One of the bytes has been transmitted incorrectly.

Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4

10110011 10101000 10110100 10110101

(a) State which byte was incorrectly transmitted.

...............................................................................................................................................[1]

(b) Explain how you identified the incorrectly transmitted byte.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[3]

Page 146: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

4

0478/12/F/M/18© UCLES 2018

4 An air conditioning system is used to control the temperature in a hospital.

The air conditioning system uses temperature sensors and a microprocessor.

The temperature must remain between 21 °C and 24 °C.

Describe how the sensors and the microprocessor are used to control the temperature of the hospital.

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................................................[6]

5 The IP address of a computer is stored as a set of four 8-bit binary numbers.

The network administrator converts each binary number into hexadecimal.

(a) Complete the table to show the hexadecimal equivalent of the binary IP address. The first number has already been converted.

Binary IP address

11000100 00010000 11111110 00001001

Hexadecimal

C4 [3]

(b) Explain why the network administrator uses hexadecimal.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[2]

Page 147: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

5

0478/12/F/M/18© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

6 Primary, secondary and off-line are types of storage.

Give an example of each type of storage.

For each example state how it is used.

Primary storage

Example ...........................................................................................................................................

Use ...................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

Secondary storage

Example ...........................................................................................................................................

Use ...................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

Off-line storage

Example ...........................................................................................................................................

Use ...................................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................................... [6]

Page 148: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

6

0478/12/F/M/18© UCLES 2018

7 (a) For this logic circuit:

A

BX

C

Complete the truth table.

A B C Working space X

0 0 0

0 0 1

0 1 0

0 1 1

1 0 0

1 0 1

1 1 0

1 1 1

[4]

Page 149: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

7

0478/12/F/M/18© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

(b) For this logic statement:

X = 1 if (B is 1 OR C is NOT 1) AND ((A is NOT 1) AND (B is 1 OR C is 1))

Draw a logic circuit.

A

B

C

X

[6]

(c) Complete the truth table for the logic statement given in part (b).

A B C Working space X

0 0 0

0 0 1

0 1 0

0 1 1

1 0 0

1 0 1

1 1 0

1 1 1

[4]

Page 150: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

8

0478/12/F/M/18© UCLES 2018

8 (a) Three descriptions and two methods of data transmission are given.

Tick () the correct box to show the Method of data transmission for each description.

Description Method

Serial Parallel

Multiple bits are sent and received at the same time.

Bits are sent one at a time in a single direction.

Bits are sent using a single wire. Data can be sent or received, but not at the same time.

[3]

(b) Three descriptions and three types of data transmission are given.

Tick () the correct box to show the Type of data transmission for each description.

Description Type

Simplex Half-duplex Duplex

Multiple bits are sent and received at the same time.

Bits are sent one at a time in a single direction.

Bits are sent using a single wire. Data can be sent or received, but not at the same time.

[3]

Page 151: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

9

0478/12/F/M/18© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

9 A 32-second sound clip will be recorded. The sound will be sampled 16000 times a second.

Each sample will be stored using 8 bits.

Calculate the file size in kilobytes. You must show all of your working.

File Size ..................................................................................................... kB[3]

10 The table shows a segment of primary memory from a Von Neumann model computer.

Address Contents

10001 11001101

10010 11110001

10011 10101111

10100 10000110

10101 00011001

10110 10101100

The program counter contains the data 10010.

(a) (i) State the data that will be placed in the memory address register (MAR).

.......................................................................................................................................[1]

(ii) State the data that will be placed in the memory data register (MDR).

.......................................................................................................................................[1]

Page 152: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

10

0478/12/F/M/18© UCLES 2018

(b) Describe the stored program concept when applied to the Von Neumann model.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[4]

11 Miriam needs to use a large high-resolution photo as a thumbnail image on a website.

She will use lossy compression to reduce the file size of the photo to create the thumbnail image.

(a) State why a smaller file size is appropriate for this situation.

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[1]

(b) Explain how lossy compression reduces the file size.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[4]

Page 153: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

11

0478/12/F/M/18© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

12 A hospital stores the results of medical tests on a computer system. Each patient is given a wristband containing a unique barcode. The barcode is used every time the patient has a medical test.

(a) Explain two benefits of using barcodes in this situation.

Benefit 1 ...................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

Benefit 2 ...................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................[4]

(b) Describe how the barcode is read.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[4]

Page 154: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

12

0478/12/F/M/18© UCLES 2018

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

13 State four functions of an operating system.

Function 1 ........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

Function 2 ........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

Function 3 ........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

Function 4 ........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................[4]

Page 155: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

® IGCSE is a registered trademark.

This syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 9 printed pages.

© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

Cambridge Assessment International Education Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

COMPUTER SCIENCE 0478/22 Paper 2 March 2018

MARK SCHEME

Maximum Mark: 50

Published

This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began, which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers. Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner Report for Teachers. Cambridge International will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes. Cambridge International is publishing the mark schemes for the March 2018 series for most Cambridge IGCSE®, Cambridge International A and AS Level components and some Cambridge O Level components.

Page 156: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/22

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

arch

201

8 ©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

2 of

9

Gen

eric

Mar

king

Prin

cipl

es

Th

ese

gene

ral m

arki

ng p

rinci

ples

mus

t be

appl

ied

by a

ll ex

amin

ers

whe

n m

arki

ng c

andi

date

ans

wer

s. T

hey

shou

ld b

e ap

plie

d al

ongs

ide

the

spec

ific

cont

ent o

f the

mar

k sc

hem

e or

gen

eric

leve

l des

crip

tors

for a

que

stio

n. E

ach

ques

tion

pape

r and

mar

k sc

hem

e w

ill a

lso

com

ply

with

thes

e m

arki

ng p

rinci

ples

. G

EN

ER

IC M

AR

KIN

G P

RIN

CIP

LE 1

: M

arks

mus

t be

awar

ded

in li

ne w

ith:

• th

e sp

ecifi

c co

nten

t of t

he m

ark

sche

me

or th

e ge

neric

leve

l des

crip

tors

for t

he q

uest

ion

• th

e sp

ecifi

c sk

ills

defin

ed in

the

mar

k sc

hem

e or

in th

e ge

neric

leve

l des

crip

tors

for t

he q

uest

ion

• th

e st

anda

rd o

f res

pons

e re

quire

d by

a c

andi

date

as

exem

plifi

ed b

y th

e st

anda

rdis

atio

n sc

ripts

.

GE

NE

RIC

MA

RK

ING

PR

INC

IPLE

2:

Mar

ks a

war

ded

are

alw

ays

who

le m

arks

(not

hal

f mar

ks, o

r oth

er fr

actio

ns).

GE

NE

RIC

MA

RK

ING

PR

INC

IPLE

3:

Mar

ks m

ust b

e aw

arde

d po

sitiv

ely:

mar

ks a

re a

war

ded

for c

orre

ct/v

alid

ans

wer

s, a

s de

fined

in th

e m

ark

sche

me.

How

ever

, cre

dit i

s gi

ven

for v

alid

ans

wer

s w

hich

go

beyo

nd th

e sc

ope

of th

e sy

llabu

s an

d m

ark

sche

me,

refe

rrin

g to

you

r Tea

m L

eade

r as

appr

opria

te

• m

arks

are

aw

arde

d w

hen

cand

idat

es c

lear

ly d

emon

stra

te w

hat t

hey

know

and

can

do

• m

arks

are

not

ded

ucte

d fo

r err

ors

• m

arks

are

not

ded

ucte

d fo

r om

issi

ons

• an

swer

s sh

ould

onl

y be

judg

ed o

n th

e qu

ality

of s

pelli

ng, p

unct

uatio

n an

d gr

amm

ar w

hen

thes

e fe

atur

es a

re s

peci

fical

ly a

sses

sed

by th

e qu

estio

n as

indi

cate

d by

the

mar

k sc

hem

e. T

he m

eani

ng, h

owev

er, s

houl

d be

una

mbi

guou

s.

GE

NE

RIC

MA

RK

ING

PR

INC

IPLE

4:

Rul

es m

ust b

e ap

plie

d co

nsis

tent

ly e

.g. i

n si

tuat

ions

whe

re c

andi

date

s ha

ve n

ot fo

llow

ed in

stru

ctio

ns o

r in

the

appl

icat

ion

of g

ener

ic le

vel

desc

ripto

rs.

Page 157: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/22

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

arch

201

8 ©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

3 of

9

GE

NE

RIC

MA

RK

ING

PR

INC

IPLE

5:

Mar

ks s

houl

d be

aw

arde

d us

ing

the

full

rang

e of

mar

ks d

efin

ed in

the

mar

k sc

hem

e fo

r the

que

stio

n (h

owev

er; t

he u

se o

f the

full

mar

k ra

nge

may

be

lim

ited

acco

rdin

g to

the

qual

ity o

f the

can

dida

te re

spon

ses

seen

).

GE

NE

RIC

MA

RK

ING

PR

INC

IPLE

6:

Mar

ks a

war

ded

are

base

d so

lely

on

the

requ

irem

ents

as

defin

ed in

the

mar

k sc

hem

e. M

arks

sho

uld

not b

e aw

arde

d w

ith g

rade

thre

shol

ds o

r gr

ade

desc

ripto

rs in

min

d.

Page 158: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/22

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

arch

201

8 ©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

4 of

9

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

Sect

ion

A

1(a)

(i)

1 m

ark

for n

ame

and

1 m

ark

for a

ppro

pria

te d

ata

stru

ctur

e fro

m T

ask

1 e.

g.

nam

e studentName

D

ata

stru

ctur

e A

rray

2

1(a)

(ii)

1 m

ark

for n

ame,

1 m

ark

for a

ppro

pria

te v

alue

and

1 m

ark

for a

ppro

pria

te u

se. F

rom

any

task

e.g

. C

onst

ant n

ame

classSize

V

alue

30

U

se

Fixe

d nu

mbe

r of s

tude

nts

in a

cla

ss

Var

iabl

e na

me

counter

D

ata

type

in

tege

r U

se

to c

ount

the

num

ber o

f stu

dent

nam

es e

nter

ed

6

1(b)

1

mar

k fo

r cha

ngin

g th

e va

lue

of a

var

iabl

e/co

nsta

nt/ c

ount

er, 1

mar

k fo

r cha

nge

to th

e pr

ogra

m e

.g.

Val

ue:

Cha

nge

the

valu

e of

the

varia

ble/

cons

tant maxGroupSize

in T

ask

2 to

25

Pro

gram

cha

nge:

O

vers

ubsc

ribed

test

will

be

chan

ged

to te

st fo

r ove

r 50

// se

cond

gro

up s

tarts

at 2

6

2

Page 159: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/22

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

arch

201

8 ©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

5 of

9

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

1(c)

A

ny fi

ve fr

om

In

itial

ise

subj

ect c

ount

s

Loop

thro

ugh

stud

ents

Inpu

t and

sto

re s

tude

nt n

ame

and

inpu

t and

sto

re tw

o su

bjec

t cho

ices

for t

hat s

tude

nt

U

pdat

e su

bjec

t cou

nts

// up

date

sub

ject

list

s of

stu

dent

nam

es

E

rror

mes

sage

if s

ubje

ct n

ot fo

und

O

utpu

t tot

al s

ubje

ct c

ount

s

Pro

mpt

s fo

r all

inpu

ts a

nd m

essa

ges

with

all

outp

uts

Sam

ple

answ

er fo

r Tas

k 1

physics

0; chemistry

0; history

0; geography

0; compSci

0;

FOR counter

1 TO 60

INPUT name, subject(1), subject(2)

studentName(counter)

name

studentCounter1(counter)

subject(1)

studentCounter2(counter)

subject(2)

FOR sCount

1 TO 2

CASE subject(sCount) OF

ˈPhysicsˈ: physics

physics + 1

ˈChemistryˈ: chemistry

chemistry + 1

ˈHistoryˈ: history

history + 1

ˈGeographyˈ: geography

geography + 1

ˈComputer Scienceˈ: compSci

compSci + 1

OTHERWISE: PRINT ˈError subject not foundˈ

ENDCASE

NEXT

NEXT

PRINT ˈGroup Number of Studentsˈ

PRINT ˈPhysics ˈ,physics

PRINT ˈChemistry ˈ,chemistry

PRINT ˈHistory ˈ,history

PRINT ˈGeography ˈ,geography

PRINT ˈComputer Science ˈ,compSci

5

Page 160: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/22

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

arch

201

8 ©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

6 of

9

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

1(d)

A

ny fi

ve fr

om

Exp

lana

tion

for c

alcu

latio

n of

tota

l num

ber o

f spa

re p

lace

s

C

heck

the

num

ber o

f stu

dent

s w

ho h

ave

chos

en e

ach

subj

ect

If

less

than

10

no p

lace

s av

aila

ble

(O

ther

wis

e)If

less

than

20

C

alcu

late

num

ber o

f spa

re p

lace

s (2

0 –

num

ber)

If m

ore

than

20

and

less

than

40

C

alcu

late

num

ber o

f spa

re p

lace

s (4

0 –

num

ber)

Kee

p a

runn

ing

tota

l of t

he to

tal n

umbe

r of s

pare

pla

ces

5

Page 161: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/22

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

arch

201

8 ©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

7 of

9

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

Sect

ion

B

2(a)

1

mar

k fo

r eac

h er

ror i

dent

ified

+ s

ugge

sted

cor

rect

ion

NUMBERS

shou

ld b

e Number

IF Number > 100

shou

ld b

e IF Number >= 100

INPUT Number

is m

issi

ng fr

om in

side

the

loop

inse

rt INPUT Number

afte

r the

IF

stat

emen

t Th

e fin

al PRINT Number

is n

ot n

eede

d re

mov

e it

4

2(b)

O

ne m

ark

for b

oth

ends

of t

he ra

nge

and

corr

ect i

nequ

ality

sym

bols

and

one

mar

k fo

r the

AN

D.

The

test

sho

uld

be IF Number >= 100 AND Number <= 200

2

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

3

Wei

ght

tota

lWei

ght

tota

lNum

ber

OU

TPU

T

0

0

50

50

1

70

120

2

65

185

3

100

285

4

95

380

5

50

430

6

55

485

7

85

570

8

70

640

9 Li

ft ov

erlo

ad, s

tep

out

One

mar

k fo

r eac

h co

rrec

t col

umn.

4

Page 162: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/22

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

arch

201

8 ©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

8 of

9

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

4 1

mar

k fo

r val

ue a

nd 1

mar

k fo

r app

ropr

iate

reas

on e

.g.

Val

ue 1

2

(1)

boun

dary

sho

uld

be a

ccep

ted

as w

eigh

t OK

(1)

Val

ue 2

two

(1)

erro

neou

s/ab

norm

al s

houl

d be

reje

cted

(1)

4

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

5 2

mar

ks fo

r app

ropr

iate

exp

lana

tion,

1 m

ark

exam

ple

prog

ram

min

g st

atem

ents

sho

win

g se

quen

ce, 1

mar

k ex

ampl

e pr

ogra

mm

ing

stat

emen

t(s) s

how

ing

sele

ctio

n e.

g.

Seq

uenc

e is

the

conc

ept o

f one

sta

tem

ent b

eing

exe

cute

d af

ter a

noth

er(1

) whe

reas

sel

ectio

n de

cide

s w

hich

sta

tem

ent(s

) are

to

be

exec

uted

dep

endi

ng u

pon

the

resu

lt of

a q

uest

ion

(1)

sequ

ence

exa

mpl

e (1

) PRINT X

PRINT Y

S

elec

tion

exam

ple

(1)

IF X > Y THEN PRINT X ELSE PRINT Y

4

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

6(a)

1

mar

k fo

r app

ropr

iate

fiel

d na

me

and

appr

opria

te d

ata

type

, the

n 1

mar

k fo

r app

ropr

iate

exp

lana

tion.

e.g

. M

etal

, typ

e te

xt(1

) a s

ingl

e ch

arac

ter/w

ord

that

can

be

inpu

t acc

urat

ely/

quic

kly(

1)

Item

, typ

e te

xt (1

) a s

ingl

e ch

arac

ter/w

ord

that

can

be

inpu

t acc

urat

ely/

quic

kly(

1)

Num

ber i

n S

tock

, typ

e nu

mbe

r (1)

can

be

used

for c

alcu

latio

ns (1

) P

rice,

type

cur

renc

y (1

) pro

perly

form

atte

d an

d ca

n be

use

d fo

r cal

cula

tions

(1)

8

6(b)

A

ll fie

lds

coul

d co

ntai

n du

plic

ate

valu

es

1

Page 163: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/22

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

arch

201

8 ©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

9 of

9

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

6(c)

Fiel

d:M

etal

Ite

m

Num

ber i

n S

tock

P

rice

Tabl

e:JE

WE

L JE

WE

L JE

WE

L JE

WE

L

Sor

t:

Sho

w:

Crit

eria

:=”

silv

er”

=”br

acel

et”

or:

One

mar

k fo

r col

umns

1 +

2, o

ne m

ark

for c

olum

ns 3

+ 4

O

ne m

ark

for a

ccur

acy

of s

ynta

x an

d sp

ellin

g

3

Page 164: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

*7849693024*

This document consists of 2 printed pages.

DC (LK) 148975/1© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

Cambridge International ExaminationsCambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

COMPUTER SCIENCE 0478/22Paper 2 Problem-solving and Programming February/March 2018PRE-RELEASE MATERIALNo Additional Materials are required.This material should be given to the relevant teachers and candidates as soon as it has been received at the Centre.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Candidates should use this material in preparation for the examination. Candidates should attempt the practical programming tasks using their chosen high-level, procedural programming language.

This syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

Page 165: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

2

0478/22/PRE/F/M/18© UCLES 2018

In preparation for the examination candidates should attempt the following practical tasks by writing and testing a program or programs.

Students in a school are allowed to choose extra subjects each year. Students provide the school administrator with their names and their subject choices. Places in subject groups are allocated on a ‘first come, first served’ basis. There are two classes of 30 students and they can each choose two extra subjects from:

• Physics• Chemistry• History• Geography• Computer Science

The maximum group size for each subject choice is 20 students and the minimum group size is 10 students. If more than 20 students choose a subject then that subject can be split into two groups. Each subject can have no more than two groups. If less than 10 students choose a subject then it is not available that year. A program is required to show a summary of the number of students who have chosen each subject, identify subject group sizes, produce subject group lists and identify problems.

Write and test a program or programs for the school administrator.

• Your program or programs must include appropriate prompts for the entry of data. • Error messages and other output need to be set out clearly and understandably. • All variables, constants and other identifiers must have meaningful names.

You will need to complete these three tasks. Each task must be fully tested.

TASK 1 – Data entry and number of students who have chosen each subject.

The school administrator enters the data for each student. Write a program for TASK 1 to store this data then calculate and output the number of students who have chosen each subject.

TASK 2 – Output subject group lists and identify problems.

Using your results from TASK 1, allocate students to subject groups. Print out list(s) of student names for each viable subject group. Identify any subjects that are over or undersubscribed, identify the students who have been allocated to one subject group only and those who have not been allocated to any group. Print out this information.

TASK 3 – Identify spare places in subject groups.

Using your results from TASK 2, print out the number of spare places for each subject. Any group that has fewer than 20 students has spare places. Calculate the total number of spare places and the total number of unallocated student choices. Show whether the number of spare places available is enough to cover the unallocated choices.

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

Page 166: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

*4259785415*

This document consists of 11 printed pages and 1 blank page.

DC (LK/CGW) 148974/2© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

Cambridge International ExaminationsCambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

COMPUTER SCIENCE 0478/22Paper 2 Problem-solving and Programming February/March 2018 1 hour 45 minutesCandidates answer on the Question Paper.No Additional Materials are required.No calculators allowed.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name in the spaces at the top of this page.Write in dark blue or black pen.You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams, graphs or rough working.Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.

DO NOT ATTEMPT TASKS 1, 2 AND 3 in the pre-release material; these are for information only.

You are advised to spend no more than 40 minutes on Section A (Question 1).

No marks will be awarded for using brand names of software packages or hardware.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.

The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

The maximum number of marks is 50.

This syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

Page 167: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

2

0478/22/F/M/18© UCLES 2018

Section A

You are advised to spend no longer than 40 minutes answering this section.

Here is a copy of the pre-release material.

DO NOT attempt Tasks 1, 2 and 3 now.

Use the pre-release material and your experience from attempting the tasks before the examination to answer Question 1.

Pre-release material

Students in a school are allowed to choose extra subjects each year. Students provide the school administrator with their names and their subject choices. Places in subject groups are allocated on a ‘first come, first served’ basis. There are two classes of 30 students and they can each choose two extra subjects from:

• Physics• Chemistry• History• Geography• Computer Science

The maximum group size for each subject choice is 20 students and the minimum group size is 10 students. If more than 20 students choose a subject then that subject can be split into two groups. Each subject can have no more than two groups. If less than 10 students choose a subject then it is not available that year. A program is required to show a summary of the number of students who have chosen each subject, identify subject group sizes, produce subject group lists and identify problems.

Write and test a program or programs for the school administrator.

• Your program or programs must include appropriate prompts for the entry of data. • Error messages and other output need to be set out clearly and understandably. • All variables, constants and other identifiers must have meaningful names.

You will need to complete these three tasks. Each task must be fully tested.

TASK 1 – Data entry and number of students who have chosen each subject.

The school administrator enters the data for each student. Write a program for TASK 1 to store this data then calculate and output the number of students who have chosen each subject.

TASK 2 – Output subject group lists and identify problems.

Using your results from TASK 1, allocate students to subject groups. Print out list(s) of student names for each viable subject group. Identify any subjects that are over or undersubscribed, identify the students who have been allocated to one subject group only and those who have not been allocated to any group. Print out this information.

TASK 3 – Identify spare places in subject groups.

Using your results from TASK 2, print out the number of spare places for each subject. Any group that has fewer than 20 students has spare places. Calculate the total number of spare places and the total number of unallocated student choices. Show whether the number of spare places available is enough to cover the unallocated choices.

Page 168: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

3

0478/22/F/M/18© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

1 (a) All identifiers should have meaningful names.

(i) State the name and data structure that you have used to record student names in Task 1.

Name .................................................................................................................................

Data structure .................................................................................................................... [2]

(ii) State the name of one constant and the name of one variable that you could have used in your programmed solution.

State the value that would be assigned to the constant. State the data type for the variable. Explain what each one would be used for in your programmed solution.

Constant name ..................................................................................................................

Value .................................................................................................................................

Use ....................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

Variable name ...................................................................................................................

Data type ...........................................................................................................................

Use ....................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................... [6]

(b) Explain how you would change your program for Task 2 if the maximum group size for each subject is increased to 25.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[2]

Page 169: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

4

0478/22/F/M/18© UCLES 2018

(c) Write an algorithm to complete Task 1, using either pseudocode, programming statements or a flowchart.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

Page 170: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

5

0478/22/F/M/18© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[5]

Page 171: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

6

0478/22/F/M/18© UCLES 2018

(d) Explain how your program calculates the total number of spare places in Task 3. Any programming statements shown in your answer must be fully explained.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[5]

Page 172: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

7

0478/22/F/M/18© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

Section B

2 An algorithm has been written in pseudocode to input some numbers and print out any numbers that are greater than or equal to 100. The number 999 stops the algorithm.

INPUT Number WHILE NUMBERS <> 999 DO IF Number > 100 THEN PRINT Number ENDIF ENDWHILE PRINT Number

(a) Find the four errors in the pseudocode and suggest corrections.

Error 1 .......................................................................................................................................

Correction .................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

Error 2 .......................................................................................................................................

Correction .................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

Error 3 .......................................................................................................................................

Correction .................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

Error 4 .......................................................................................................................................

Correction .................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................... [4]

(b) Show, using pseudocode, how you would change the corrected algorithm to print out any numbers between 100 and 200 inclusive.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[2]

Page 173: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

8

0478/22/F/M/18© UCLES 2018

3 This flowchart inputs the weight in kilograms of a passenger stepping into a lift. The lift can take a maximum of eight passengers or a maximum weight of 640 kilograms.

START

END

IstotalWeight

> 640?

IstotalNumber

> 8?

INPUT Weight

totalWeight 0totalNumber 0

OUTPUT 'Liftoverload, step

out'

No

No

Yes

Yes

totalWeight totalWeight + WeighttotalNumber totalNumber + 1

Page 174: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

9

0478/22/F/M/18© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

Complete the trace table for the passenger input data:

50, 70, 65, 100, 95, 50, 55, 85, 70, 75

Weight totalWeight totalNumber OUTPUT

[4]

Page 175: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

10

0478/22/F/M/18© UCLES 2018

4 A program checks if the weight of a baby is at least 2 kilograms.

Give, with reasons, two different values of test data that could be used for the baby’s weight. Each reason must be different.

Value 1 .............................................................................................................................................

Reason .............................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

Value 2 .............................................................................................................................................

Reason .............................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................................... [4]

5 Explain the difference between the programming concepts of sequence and selection. Include an example of a programming statement for each concept in your explanation.

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................................................[4]

Page 176: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

11

0478/22/F/M/18© UCLES 2018

6 A database table, JEWEL, is used to keep a record of jewellery for sale in a shop. Each item of jewellery can be made of silver, platinum or gold metal. The shop stocks rings, bracelets and necklaces. The number in stock and the price is also stored.

(a) Identify the four fields required for the database. Give each field a suitable name and data type. Explain why you chose the data type for each field.

Field 1 Name .................................................... Data type .....................................................

Explanation ...............................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

Field 2 Name .................................................... Data type .....................................................

Explanation ...............................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

Field 3 Name .................................................... Data type .....................................................

Explanation ...............................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

Field 4 Name .................................................... Data type .....................................................

Explanation ...............................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................... [8]

(b) Explain why none of these fields could be used as a primary key.

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[1]

(c) Using the query-by-example grid below, write a query to identify the silver bracelets. Only display the number in stock and the price.

Field:

Table:

Sort:

Show:

Criteria:

or: [3]

Page 177: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

12

0478/22/F/M/18© UCLES 2018

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

BLANK PAGE

Page 178: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

Grade thresholds – June 2018

Learn more! For more information please visit www.cambridgeinternational.org/igcse or contact Customer Services on +44 (0)1223 553554 or email [email protected]

Cambridge IGCSE™ Computer Science (0478) Grade thresholds taken for Syllabus 0478 (Computer Science) in the June 2018 examination.

minimum raw mark required for grade:

maximum raw

mark available

A B C D E F G

Component 11 75 47 36 26 21 15 10 5

Component 12 75 45 35 26 21 15 10 5

Component 13 75 45 35 26 20 15 10 5

Component 21 50 31 23 15 12 10 7 4

Component 22 50 29 21 14 11 9 6 3

Component 23 50 32 25 18 15 12 9 6 Grade A* does not exist at the level of an individual component. The maximum total mark for this syllabus, after weighting has been applied, is 125. The overall thresholds for the different grades were set as follows.

Option Combination of Components A* A B C D E F G

AX 11, 21 95 77 59 41 33 25 17 9

AY 12, 22 90 73 56 40 32 24 16 8

AZ 13, 23 92 76 60 44 35 27 19 11

Page 179: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

IGCSE™ is a registered trademark.

This syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 12 printed pages.

© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

Cambridge Assessment International Education Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

COMPUTER SCIENCE 0478/11 Paper 1 May/June 2018

MARK SCHEME

Maximum Mark: 75

Published

This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began, which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers. Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner Report for Teachers. Cambridge International will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes. Cambridge International is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2018 series for most Cambridge IGCSE™, Cambridge International A and AS Level and Cambridge Pre-U components, and some Cambridge O Level components.

Page 180: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/11

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

ay/J

une

2018

©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

2 of

12

Gen

eric

Mar

king

Prin

cipl

es

Th

ese

gene

ral m

arki

ng p

rinci

ples

mus

t be

appl

ied

by a

ll ex

amin

ers

whe

n m

arki

ng c

andi

date

ans

wer

s. T

hey

shou

ld b

e ap

plie

d al

ongs

ide

the

spec

ific

cont

ent o

f the

mar

k sc

hem

e or

gen

eric

leve

l des

crip

tors

for a

que

stio

n. E

ach

ques

tion

pape

r and

mar

k sc

hem

e w

ill a

lso

com

ply

with

thes

e m

arki

ng p

rinci

ples

. G

EN

ER

IC M

AR

KIN

G P

RIN

CIP

LE 1

: M

arks

mus

t be

awar

ded

in li

ne w

ith:

• th

e sp

ecifi

c co

nten

t of t

he m

ark

sche

me

or th

e ge

neric

leve

l des

crip

tors

for t

he q

uest

ion

• th

e sp

ecifi

c sk

ills

defin

ed in

the

mar

k sc

hem

e or

in th

e ge

neric

leve

l des

crip

tors

for t

he q

uest

ion

• th

e st

anda

rd o

f res

pons

e re

quire

d by

a c

andi

date

as

exem

plifi

ed b

y th

e st

anda

rdis

atio

n sc

ripts

.

GE

NE

RIC

MA

RK

ING

PR

INC

IPLE

2:

Mar

ks a

war

ded

are

alw

ays

who

le m

arks

(not

hal

f mar

ks, o

r oth

er fr

actio

ns).

GE

NE

RIC

MA

RK

ING

PR

INC

IPLE

3:

Mar

ks m

ust b

e aw

arde

d po

sitiv

ely:

mar

ks a

re a

war

ded

for c

orre

ct/v

alid

ans

wer

s, a

s de

fined

in th

e m

ark

sche

me.

How

ever

, cre

dit i

s gi

ven

for v

alid

ans

wer

s w

hich

go

beyo

nd th

e sc

ope

of th

e sy

llabu

s an

d m

ark

sche

me,

refe

rrin

g to

you

r Tea

m L

eade

r as

appr

opria

te

• m

arks

are

aw

arde

d w

hen

cand

idat

es c

lear

ly d

emon

stra

te w

hat t

hey

know

and

can

do

• m

arks

are

not

ded

ucte

d fo

r err

ors

• m

arks

are

not

ded

ucte

d fo

r om

issi

ons

• an

swer

s sh

ould

onl

y be

judg

ed o

n th

e qu

ality

of s

pelli

ng, p

unct

uatio

n an

d gr

amm

ar w

hen

thes

e fe

atur

es a

re s

peci

fical

ly a

sses

sed

by th

e qu

estio

n as

indi

cate

d by

the

mar

k sc

hem

e. T

he m

eani

ng, h

owev

er, s

houl

d be

una

mbi

guou

s.

GE

NE

RIC

MA

RK

ING

PR

INC

IPLE

4:

Rul

es m

ust b

e ap

plie

d co

nsis

tent

ly e

.g. i

n si

tuat

ions

whe

re c

andi

date

s ha

ve n

ot fo

llow

ed in

stru

ctio

ns o

r in

the

appl

icat

ion

of g

ener

ic le

vel

desc

ripto

rs.

Page 181: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/11

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

ay/J

une

2018

©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

3 of

12

GE

NE

RIC

MA

RK

ING

PR

INC

IPLE

5:

Mar

ks s

houl

d be

aw

arde

d us

ing

the

full

rang

e of

mar

ks d

efin

ed in

the

mar

k sc

hem

e fo

r the

que

stio

n (h

owev

er; t

he u

se o

f the

full

mar

k ra

nge

may

be

lim

ited

acco

rdin

g to

the

qual

ity o

f the

can

dida

te re

spon

ses

seen

).

GE

NE

RIC

MA

RK

ING

PR

INC

IPLE

6:

Mar

ks a

war

ded

are

base

d so

lely

on

the

requ

irem

ents

as

defin

ed in

the

mar

k sc

hem

e. M

arks

sho

uld

not b

e aw

arde

d w

ith g

rade

thre

shol

ds o

r gr

ade

desc

ripto

rs in

min

d.

Page 182: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/11

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

ay/J

une

2018

©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

4 of

12

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

1 1

mar

k fo

r eac

h co

rrec

t ans

wer

, in

the

give

n or

der:

anal

ogue

digi

tal

− de

nary

10

− bi

nary

2

6

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

2 1

mar

k fo

r eac

h co

rrec

t con

vers

ion:

− 42

257

− 54

2

3

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

3 1

mar

k fo

r cor

rect

regi

ster

, 3 m

arks

for r

easo

n:

Reg

iste

r C

Any

thre

e fro

m:

− C

ount

the

num

ber o

f 1/0

bits

(in

each

byt

e/re

gist

er)

− Tw

o by

tes/

regi

ster

s ha

ve a

n od

d nu

mbe

r of 1

/0 b

its //

Tw

o us

e od

d pa

rity

− O

dd p

arity

mus

t be

the

parit

y us

ed

− O

ne b

yte/

regi

ster

has

an

even

num

ber o

f 1/0

bits

// O

ne u

ses

even

par

ity

− O

ne w

ith a

n ev

en n

umbe

r of o

ne b

its/e

ven

parit

y is

inco

rrec

t // R

egis

ter C

sho

uld

have

odd

par

ity

4

Page 183: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/11

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

ay/J

une

2018

©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

5 of

12

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

4(a)

1

mar

k fo

r eac

h co

rrec

t ans

wer

: Lo

ssy

(com

pres

sion

) Lo

ssle

ss (c

ompr

essi

on)

2

4(b)

1

mar

k fo

r cor

rect

com

pres

sion

, 3 m

arks

for d

escr

iptio

n:

Loss

less

(com

pres

sion

) A

ny th

ree

from

: −

The

file

can

be re

stor

ed/d

ecom

pres

sed

to th

e ex

act s

ame

stat

e it

was

bef

ore

com

pres

sion

/ to

orig

inal

(It is

a c

ompu

ter p

rogr

am s

o) n

o da

ta c

an b

e lo

st //

Los

sy w

ould

rem

ove

data

Will

not

run

corr

ectly

(with

any

oth

er c

ompr

essi

on)

− (L

ossl

ess)

will

giv

e re

peat

ing

wor

ds/s

ectio

ns o

f wor

d a

valu

e// R

LE is

use

d //

Oth

er v

alid

exa

mpl

es o

f met

hods

of

lo

ssle

ss c

ompr

essi

on

− V

alue

is re

cord

ed in

an

inde

x

4

Page 184: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/11

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

ay/J

une

2018

©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

6 of

12

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

5 1

mar

k fo

r eac

h co

rrec

t lin

e, u

p to

a m

axim

um o

f 5 m

arks

: C

ompo

nent

Des

crip

tion

Imm

edia

te a

cces

s st

ore

(IAS

)

H

olds

dat

a an

d in

stru

ctio

ns w

hen

they

are

lo

aded

from

mai

n m

emor

y an

d ar

e w

aitin

g to

be

proc

esse

d.

Reg

iste

r

Hol

ds d

ata

tem

pora

rily

that

is c

urre

ntly

be

ing

used

in a

cal

cula

tion.

Con

trol u

nit

(CU

)

Hol

ds d

ata

or in

stru

ctio

ns te

mpo

raril

y w

hen

they

are

bei

ng p

roce

ssed

.

Acc

umul

ator

(A

CC

)

Man

ages

the

flow

of d

ata

and

inte

ract

ion

betw

een

the

com

pone

nts

of th

e pr

oces

sor.

Arit

hmet

ic lo

gic

unit

(ALU

)

Car

ries

out t

he c

alcu

latio

ns o

n da

ta.

Bus

Pat

hway

for t

rans

mitt

ing

data

and

in

stru

ctio

ns.

5

Page 185: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/11

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

ay/J

une

2018

©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

7 of

12

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

6(a)

1

mar

k fo

r eac

h co

rrec

t log

ic g

ate

(with

the

corr

ect d

irect

ion

of in

put(s

))

6

Page 186: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/11

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

ay/J

une

2018

©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

8 of

12

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

6(b)

4

mar

ks fo

r 8 c

orre

ct o

utpu

ts

3 m

arks

for 6

or 7

cor

rect

out

puts

2

mar

ks fo

r 4 o

r 5 c

orre

ct o

utpu

ts

1 m

ark

for 2

or 3

cor

rect

out

puts

A

B

C

W

orki

ng s

pace

X

0 0

0

1 0

0 1

1

0 1

0

1 0

1 1

1

1 0

0

0 1

0 1

1

1 1

0

1 1

1 1

1

4

Page 187: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/11

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

ay/J

une

2018

©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

9 of

12

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

7 C

ompi

ler

Any

thre

e fro

m:

− Tr

ansl

ates

hig

h-le

vel l

angu

age

into

mac

hine

cod

e/lo

w le

vel l

angu

age

− Tr

ansl

ates

(the

sou

rce

code

) all

in o

ne g

o/al

l at o

nce

− P

rodu

ces

an e

xecu

tabl

e fil

e −

Pro

duce

s an

err

or re

port

Inte

rpre

ter

Any

thre

e fro

m:

– Tr

ansl

ates

hig

h-le

vel l

angu

age

into

mac

hine

cod

e/lo

w le

vel l

angu

age

− Tr

ansl

ates

(the

sou

rce

code

) lin

e by

line

/sta

tem

ent b

y st

atem

ent

– S

tops

if it

find

s an

err

or

– W

ill o

nly

cont

inue

whe

n er

ror i

s fix

ed

6

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

8(a)

A

ny fo

ur fr

om:

− S

hine

s lig

ht /

(red

) las

er a

t bar

code

Ligh

t is

calle

d an

illu

min

ator

Ligh

t is

refle

cted

bac

k //

Whi

te li

nes

refle

ct li

ght /

/ Bla

ck li

nes

refle

ct le

ss li

ght/a

bsor

bs li

ght

− S

enso

rs /

phot

oele

ctric

cel

ls d

etec

t the

ligh

t −

Diff

eren

t ref

lect

ions

/ ba

rs w

ill g

ive

diffe

rent

bin

ary

valu

es /

digi

tal v

alue

s //

patte

rn c

onve

rted

to d

igita

l val

ues

− A

mic

ropr

oces

sor i

nter

pret

s th

e da

ta

4

8(b)

A

ny th

ree

from

: −

barc

ode

iden

tifie

s a

(uni

que)

pro

duct

barc

ode

can

be u

sed

to lo

ok u

p pr

oduc

t (in

a d

atab

ase)

data

abo

ut s

tock

leve

ls c

an b

e st

ored

on

a sy

stem

stoc

k ca

n be

aut

omat

ical

ly d

educ

ted

from

the

syst

em

− ca

n ch

eck

stoc

k is

bel

ow a

cer

tain

leve

l // c

heck

sto

ck le

vel

− au

tom

atic

re-o

rder

// A

lerts

whe

n st

ock

is lo

w

− au

tom

atic

ally

upd

ate

new

sto

ck le

vel

− to

loca

te if

an

item

of s

tock

is a

vaila

ble

in a

noth

er lo

catio

n

3

Page 188: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/11

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

ay/J

une

2018

©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

10 o

f 12

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

8(c)

A

ny fo

ur fr

om:

− (In

frare

d) ra

ys a

re s

ent a

cros

s sc

reen

(fro

m th

e ed

ges)

Has

sen

sors

aro

und

edge

// S

enso

rs c

aptu

re b

eam

s −

(Infra

red)

rays

form

a g

rid a

cros

s th

e sc

reen

(Infra

red)

ray

is b

roke

n (b

y a

finge

r blo

ckin

g a

beam

) −

Cal

cula

tion

is m

ade

(on

whe

re b

eam

is b

roke

n) to

loca

te th

e ‘to

uch’

// C

o-or

dina

tes

are

used

to lo

cate

the

touc

h

4

8(d)

S

econ

dary

Sto

rage

– a

ny tw

o fro

m:

− N

ot d

irect

ly a

cces

sed

by th

e C

PU

Non

-vol

atile

sto

rage

Sec

onda

ry is

inte

rnal

to th

e co

mpu

ter/d

evic

e

− A

n ex

ampl

e of

sec

onda

ry s

tora

ge w

ould

be

HD

D/S

SD

O

ff-lin

e st

orag

e –

any

two

from

: −

Non

-vol

atile

sto

rage

Off-

line

stor

age

is s

tora

ge th

at is

rem

ovab

le fr

om a

com

pute

r/dev

ice

// no

t int

erna

l // p

orta

ble

− A

n ex

ampl

e of

off-

line

stor

age

wou

ld b

e C

D/D

VD

/US

B s

tick/

SD

car

d/m

agne

tic ta

pe/ e

xter

nal H

DD

/SS

D

4

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

9 A

ny s

ix fr

om:

− S

uita

ble

biom

etric

dev

ice,

suc

h as

fing

erpr

int s

cann

er/re

tina/

eye/

iris

scan

ner/f

ace

reco

gniti

on/v

oice

re

cogn

ition

/pal

m s

cann

er //

des

crip

tion

of u

se e

.g. u

se fi

nger

prin

t on

devi

ce

− S

enso

r (in

bio

met

ric d

evic

e) c

aptu

res/

take

s da

ta/re

adin

gs (o

f use

r)

− D

ata/

read

ings

are

con

verte

d fro

m a

nalo

gue

to d

igita

l (us

ing

AD

C)

− D

ata/

read

ing

sent

to th

e m

icro

proc

esso

r −

Dat

a/re

adin

gs c

ompa

red

to s

tore

d va

lues

/dat

a

− if

dat

a/re

adin

gs m

atch

use

r can

ent

er

− if

dat

a/re

adin

gs d

o no

t mat

ch u

ser i

s de

clin

ed e

ntry

// u

ser a

sked

to tr

y ag

ain

ale

rt m

ay b

e se

nt to

sec

urity

// a

larm

may

sou

nd

6

Page 189: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/11

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

ay/J

une

2018

©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

11 o

f 12

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

10(a

) A

ny fo

ur fr

om:

− S

truct

ure

and

pres

enta

tion

are

defin

ed u

sing

(mar

k-up

) tag

s −

Stru

ctur

e an

d pr

esen

tatio

n di

ctat

e th

e ap

pear

ance

of t

he w

ebsi

te

− S

truct

ure

is u

sed

for l

ayou

t −

Exa

mpl

e of

stru

ctur

e

− P

rese

ntat

ion

is u

sed

for f

orm

attin

g / s

tyle

Exa

mpl

e of

form

attin

g

− S

epar

ate

file

/ CS

S c

an b

e us

ed fo

r pre

sent

atio

n co

nten

t

4

10(b

)(i)

1 m

ark

for e

ach

corr

ect p

art

dom

ain

(nam

e)

− fil

e na

me/

web

page

nam

e

2

10(b

)(ii)

A

ny tw

o fro

m:

− H

yper

text

Tra

nsfe

r Pro

toco

l Sec

ure

// it

is th

e ac

cess

pro

toco

l // I

t is

a pr

otoc

ol

− It

mea

ns th

e w

ebsi

te u

ses

SS

L/TL

S

− It

mea

ns d

ata

sent

(to

and

from

the

web

serv

er) i

s en

cryp

ted

2

10(c

) A

ny tw

o fro

m e

.g. :

To s

tore

item

s th

at a

cus

tom

er h

as a

dded

to a

n on

line

shop

ping

bas

ket

− To

sto

re a

cus

tom

er’s

cre

dit c

ard

deta

ils

− To

sto

re lo

g-in

det

ails

To tr

ack

wha

t pro

duct

a c

usto

mer

bro

wse

s //

Trac

k m

usic

pre

fere

nces

Targ

eted

adv

ertis

ing

// m

akin

g re

com

men

datio

ns

− P

erso

nalis

es/c

usto

mis

es th

e ex

perie

nce

− S

how

s w

ho a

re n

ew a

nd re

turn

ing

cust

omer

s −

To s

peed

up

log-

in ti

mes

To s

peed

up/

allo

w s

ingl

e cl

ick

purc

hase

s −

Impr

oves

the

expe

rienc

e

2

Page 190: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/11

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

ay/J

une

2018

©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

12 o

f 12

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

10(d

) A

ny fo

ur fr

om:

− P

reve

nts

dire

ct a

cces

s to

the

web

serv

er //

Sits

bet

wee

n us

er a

nd w

ebse

rver

If an

atta

ck is

laun

ched

it h

its th

e pr

oxy

serv

er in

stea

d //

can

be u

sed

to h

elp

prev

ent D

DO

S //

hel

p pr

even

t ha

ckin

g of

web

serv

er

− U

sed

to d

irect

inva

lid tr

affic

aw

ay fr

om th

e w

ebse

rver

Traf

fic is

exa

min

ed b

y th

e pr

oxy

serv

er //

Filt

ers

traffi

c −

If tra

ffic

is v

alid

the

data

from

the

web

serv

er w

ill b

e ob

tain

ed b

y th

e us

er

− If

traffi

c is

inva

lid th

e re

ques

t to

obta

in d

ata

is d

eclin

ed

− C

an b

lock

requ

ests

from

cer

tain

IP a

ddre

sses

4

Page 191: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

IGCSE™ is a registered trademark.

This syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 10 printed pages.

© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

Cambridge Assessment International Education Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

COMPUTER SCIENCE 0478/12 Paper 1 May/June 2018

MARK SCHEME

Maximum Mark: 75

Published

This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began, which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers. Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner Report for Teachers. Cambridge International will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes. Cambridge International is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2018 series for most Cambridge IGCSE™, Cambridge International A and AS Level and Cambridge Pre-U components, and some Cambridge O Level components.

Page 192: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/12

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

ay/J

une

2018

©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

2 of

10

Gen

eric

Mar

king

Prin

cipl

es

Th

ese

gene

ral m

arki

ng p

rinci

ples

mus

t be

appl

ied

by a

ll ex

amin

ers

whe

n m

arki

ng c

andi

date

ans

wer

s. T

hey

shou

ld b

e ap

plie

d al

ongs

ide

the

spec

ific

cont

ent o

f the

mar

k sc

hem

e or

gen

eric

leve

l des

crip

tors

for a

que

stio

n. E

ach

ques

tion

pape

r and

mar

k sc

hem

e w

ill a

lso

com

ply

with

thes

e m

arki

ng p

rinci

ples

. G

EN

ER

IC M

AR

KIN

G P

RIN

CIP

LE 1

: M

arks

mus

t be

awar

ded

in li

ne w

ith:

• th

e sp

ecifi

c co

nten

t of t

he m

ark

sche

me

or th

e ge

neric

leve

l des

crip

tors

for t

he q

uest

ion

• th

e sp

ecifi

c sk

ills

defin

ed in

the

mar

k sc

hem

e or

in th

e ge

neric

leve

l des

crip

tors

for t

he q

uest

ion

• th

e st

anda

rd o

f res

pons

e re

quire

d by

a c

andi

date

as

exem

plifi

ed b

y th

e st

anda

rdis

atio

n sc

ripts

.

GE

NE

RIC

MA

RK

ING

PR

INC

IPLE

2:

Mar

ks a

war

ded

are

alw

ays

who

le m

arks

(not

hal

f mar

ks, o

r oth

er fr

actio

ns).

GE

NE

RIC

MA

RK

ING

PR

INC

IPLE

3:

Mar

ks m

ust b

e aw

arde

d po

sitiv

ely:

mar

ks a

re a

war

ded

for c

orre

ct/v

alid

ans

wer

s, a

s de

fined

in th

e m

ark

sche

me.

How

ever

, cre

dit i

s gi

ven

for v

alid

ans

wer

s w

hich

go

beyo

nd th

e sc

ope

of th

e sy

llabu

s an

d m

ark

sche

me,

refe

rrin

g to

you

r Tea

m L

eade

r as

appr

opria

te

• m

arks

are

aw

arde

d w

hen

cand

idat

es c

lear

ly d

emon

stra

te w

hat t

hey

know

and

can

do

• m

arks

are

not

ded

ucte

d fo

r err

ors

• m

arks

are

not

ded

ucte

d fo

r om

issi

ons

• an

swer

s sh

ould

onl

y be

judg

ed o

n th

e qu

ality

of s

pelli

ng, p

unct

uatio

n an

d gr

amm

ar w

hen

thes

e fe

atur

es a

re s

peci

fical

ly a

sses

sed

by th

e qu

estio

n as

indi

cate

d by

the

mar

k sc

hem

e. T

he m

eani

ng, h

owev

er, s

houl

d be

una

mbi

guou

s.

GE

NE

RIC

MA

RK

ING

PR

INC

IPLE

4:

Rul

es m

ust b

e ap

plie

d co

nsis

tent

ly e

.g. i

n si

tuat

ions

whe

re c

andi

date

s ha

ve n

ot fo

llow

ed in

stru

ctio

ns o

r in

the

appl

icat

ion

of g

ener

ic le

vel

desc

ripto

rs.

Page 193: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/12

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

ay/J

une

2018

©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

3 of

10

GE

NE

RIC

MA

RK

ING

PR

INC

IPLE

5:

Mar

ks s

houl

d be

aw

arde

d us

ing

the

full

rang

e of

mar

ks d

efin

ed in

the

mar

k sc

hem

e fo

r the

que

stio

n (h

owev

er; t

he u

se o

f the

full

mar

k ra

nge

may

be

lim

ited

acco

rdin

g to

the

qual

ity o

f the

can

dida

te re

spon

ses

seen

).

GE

NE

RIC

MA

RK

ING

PR

INC

IPLE

6:

Mar

ks a

war

ded

are

base

d so

lely

on

the

requ

irem

ents

as

defin

ed in

the

mar

k sc

hem

e. M

arks

sho

uld

not b

e aw

arde

d w

ith g

rade

thre

shol

ds o

r gr

ade

desc

ripto

rs in

min

d.

Page 194: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/12

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

ay/J

une

2018

©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

4 of

10

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

1 1

mar

k fo

r eac

h un

it, in

the

give

n or

der:

nibb

le

– by

te

meg

abyt

e (M

B)

– gi

gaby

te (G

B)

4

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

2(a)

A

ny fo

ur fr

om:

– Im

age

is c

onve

rted

from

ana

logu

e to

dig

ital (

usin

g A

DC

) –

Imag

e is

turn

ed in

to p

ixel

s –

Eac

h pi

xel i

s gi

ven

a bi

nary

val

ue

– P

ixel

s fo

rm a

grid

(to

crea

te th

e im

age)

Eac

h pi

xel h

as a

col

our

– P

ixel

s ar

e st

ored

in s

eque

nce

(in a

file

) –

Met

a da

ta is

sto

red

(to d

escr

ibe

the

dim

ensi

ons/

reso

lutio

n of

the

imag

e) //

It s

tore

s th

e di

men

sion

s/co

lour

de

pth

.etc

. –

An

exam

ple

of a

sui

tabl

e ph

oto

file

form

at e

.g. J

PE

G

4

2(b)

1

mar

k fo

r cor

rect

com

pres

sion

, 3 m

arks

for e

xpla

natio

n:

Loss

y

Any

thre

e fro

m:

– Lo

ssy

wou

ld re

duce

the

file

size

mor

e (th

an lo

ssle

ss)

– Th

e re

dund

ant d

ata

can

be re

mov

ed fr

om th

e fil

es //

by

exam

ple

(mus

t be

abou

t red

unda

nt d

ata)

Imag

es c

an s

till b

e a

sim

ilar q

ualit

y –

Ther

e is

no

requ

irem

ent f

or th

e fil

es to

be

exac

tly th

e sa

me

as o

rigin

al fi

le

– P

hoto

s ca

n be

sen

t qui

cker

// fa

ster

to u

ploa

d //

fast

er to

dow

nloa

d

4

Page 195: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/12

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

ay/J

une

2018

©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

5 of

10

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

3(a)

1

mar

k fo

r eac

h co

rrec

t reg

iste

r

Hou

rs

0 0

0 0

0 0

1 0

Min

utes

0

0 0

1 1

1 1

1

Sec

onds

0

0 1

1 1

0 1

0

3

3(b)

1

mar

k fo

r eac

h co

rrec

t sec

tion:

3

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

4 1

mar

k fo

r eac

h co

rrec

t sec

tion:

1 1

0 1

0 0

0 0

0 0

1 1

1 m

ark

1

mar

k

1 m

ark

3

0 5

2 6

5 5

Hour

s M

inut

es

Seco

nds

Page 196: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/12

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

ay/J

une

2018

©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

6 of

10

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

5 1

mar

k fo

r cor

rect

regi

ster

, 3 m

arks

for r

easo

n:

Reg

iste

r Y

Any

thre

e fro

m:

– C

ount

the

num

ber o

f 1/0

bits

(in

each

byt

e/re

gist

er)

– Tw

o by

tes/

regi

ster

s ha

ve a

n od

d nu

mbe

r of 1

/0 b

its //

Tw

o ha

ve o

dd p

arity

Eve

n pa

rity

mus

t be

the

parit

y us

ed

– O

ne b

yte/

regi

ster

has

an

even

num

ber o

f 1/0

bits

// O

ne u

ses

even

par

ity

– Th

e tw

o w

ith a

n od

d nu

mbe

r of o

ne b

its/o

dd p

arity

are

inco

rrec

t // R

egis

ter X

and

Z s

houl

d ha

ve e

ven

parit

y

4

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

6 1

mar

k fo

r eac

h co

rrec

t mis

sing

wor

d, in

the

give

n or

der:

fetc

hes

– im

med

iate

acc

ess

stor

e //

IAS

prog

ram

cou

nter

// P

C

– m

emor

y ad

dres

s re

gist

er //

MA

R

– m

emor

y da

ta re

gist

er //

MD

R

– ex

ecut

ed

– ar

ithm

etic

logi

c un

it //

ALU

accu

mul

ator

// A

CC

8

Page 197: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/12

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

ay/J

une

2018

©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

7 of

10

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

7(a)

1

mar

k fo

r eac

h co

rrec

t log

ic g

ate

with

cor

rect

dire

ct o

f inp

ut(s

):

6

7(b)

4

mar

ks fo

r 8 c

orre

ct o

utpu

ts

3 m

arks

for 6

or 7

cor

rect

out

puts

2

mar

ks fo

r 4 o

r 5 c

orre

ct o

utpu

ts

1 m

ark

for 2

or 3

cor

rect

out

puts

A

B

C

Wor

king

spa

ce

X 0

0 0

1

0 0

1

1

0 1

0

0

0 1

1

0

1 0

0

1

1 0

1

1

1 1

0

0

1 1

1

0

4

Page 198: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/12

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

ay/J

une

2018

©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

8 of

10

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

8 1

mar

k fo

r cor

rect

tran

slat

or, 3

mar

ks fo

r exp

lana

tion:

– C

ompi

ler

Any

thre

e fro

m:

– D

oes

not r

equi

re re

com

pila

tion

// co

mpi

led

prog

ram

can

be

exec

uted

with

out a

com

pile

r

– ...

ther

efor

e, a

llow

s fa

ster

exe

cutio

n –

Pro

vide

s an

exe

cuta

ble

file

ther

efor

e, a

llow

s hi

m to

just

sen

d m

achi

ne c

ode

– D

imitr

i’s fr

iend

doe

s no

t nee

d tra

nsla

tion/

com

pila

tion

softw

are

to e

xecu

te th

e pr

ogra

m

4

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

9(a)

Q

R/Q

uick

resp

onse

1

9(b)

A

ny fo

ur fr

om:

– R

ead/

scan

ned

usin

g ap

p (o

n m

obile

dev

ice)

It is

the

cam

era

that

is u

sed

to s

can/

capt

ure

the

imag

e –

The

thre

e la

rge

squa

res

are

used

to d

efin

e th

e al

ignm

ent /

/ use

s al

ignm

ent t

arge

ts/m

odul

es

– B

lack

squ

ares

refle

ct le

ss li

ght /

/ whi

te s

quar

es re

flect

mor

e lig

ht

– Th

e ap

p/de

vice

pro

cess

es th

e im

age

– E

ach

smal

l squ

are/

pixe

l is

conv

erte

d to

a b

inar

y va

lue

4

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

10(a

) A

ny fo

ur fr

om:

– C

ondu

ctiv

e la

yer

– A

n el

ectro

stat

ic/e

lect

ric fi

eld

is c

reat

ed

– Se

nsor

(s) (

arou

nd th

e sc

reen

) mon

itor t

he e

lect

rost

atic

fiel

d –

Whe

n to

uche

d (e

lect

rost

atic

) cha

rge

is tr

ansf

erre

d to

fing

er

– Lo

catio

n of

touc

h is

cal

cula

ted

// C

o-or

dina

tes

used

to c

alcu

late

touc

h

4

Page 199: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/12

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

ay/J

une

2018

©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

9 of

10

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

10(b

)(i)

Any

two

from

: –

Glo

ves

are

not c

ondu

ctiv

e //

Glo

ves

are

an in

sula

tor

– B

lock

cur

rent

/cha

rge

from

fing

er /

body

/ pe

rson

Sto

p th

e el

ectro

stat

ic fi

eld

bein

g di

stur

bed/

chan

ged

2

10(b

)(ii)

A

ny tw

o fro

m e

.g. (

1 m

ark

for m

etho

d, 1

for e

xpan

sion

): –

She

cou

ld u

se a

(con

duct

ive)

sty

lus

this

will

allo

w th

e ch

arge

to b

e ch

arge

d/di

stur

bed

She

cou

ld u

se c

apac

itive

glo

ves

this

will

allo

w th

e ch

arge

to b

e ch

arge

d/di

stur

bed

She

cou

ld u

se a

nat

ural

lang

uage

inte

rface

/voi

ce o

pera

ted

inte

rface

– s

he c

ould

giv

e vo

cal c

omm

ands

to th

e de

vice

2

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

11

Any

six

from

: –

Sui

tabl

e se

nsor

(mot

ion/

infra

-red

) –

Dat

a co

nver

ted

(from

ana

logu

e) to

dig

ital (

usin

g A

DC

) –

Dat

a se

nt to

mic

ropr

oces

sor

– D

ata

is c

ompa

red

to s

tore

d va

lue/

rang

e

– if

dat

a m

atch

es/o

ut o

f ran

ge d

ata

secu

rity

light

turn

ed o

n

– w

aits

for s

uita

ble

perio

d/un

til n

o m

otio

n de

tect

ed

ligh

t tur

ned

off

– C

ontin

uous

loop

/pro

cess

6

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

12(a

)(i)

Enc

rypt

ion

1

Page 200: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/12

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

ay/J

une

2018

©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

10 o

f 10

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

12(a

)(ii)

A

ny fi

ve fr

om:

– H

er p

erso

nal d

etai

ls b

efor

e en

cryp

tion

is th

e pl

ain

text

The

plai

n te

xt/h

er p

erso

nal d

etai

ls is

enc

rypt

ed u

sing

an

encr

yptio

n al

gorit

hm

– Th

e pl

ain

text

/her

per

sona

l det

ails

is e

ncry

pted

usi

ng a

key

The

encr

ypte

d te

xt is

cyp

her/c

iphe

r tex

t –

The

key

is tr

ansm

itted

sep

arat

ely

(from

the

text

) –

The

key

is u

sed

to d

ecry

pt th

e cy

pher

text

(afte

r tra

nsm

issi

on)

5

12(b

) A

ny th

ree

from

a s

ingl

e er

ror m

etho

d:

– C

heck

sum

Cal

cula

tion

carr

ied

out o

n da

ta

– (c

heck

sum

/cal

cula

ted)

val

ue s

ent w

ith d

ata

– re

calc

ulat

ed a

fter t

rans

mis

sion

and

com

pare

d to

orig

inal

If th

ey d

o no

t mat

ch a

n er

ror i

s pr

esen

t

– A

RQ

uses

ack

now

ledg

men

t and

tim

eout

A re

ques

t is

sent

with

dat

a to

ack

now

ledg

e al

l dat

a is

rece

ived

Ack

now

ledg

emen

t sen

t bac

k to

say

all

data

is re

ceiv

ed

– If

no a

ckno

wle

dgem

ent i

s re

ceiv

ed in

a ti

me

fram

e an

err

or in

tran

smis

sion

det

ecte

d / d

ata

auto

mat

ical

ly re

sent

.

3

Page 201: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

IGCSE™ is a registered trademark.

This syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 12 printed pages.

© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

Cambridge Assessment International Education Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

COMPUTER SCIENCE 0478/13 Paper 1 May/June 2018

MARK SCHEME

Maximum Mark: 75

Published

This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began, which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers. Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner Report for Teachers. Cambridge International will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes. Cambridge International is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2018 series for most Cambridge IGCSE™, Cambridge International A and AS Level and Cambridge Pre-U components, and some Cambridge O Level components.

Page 202: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/13

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

ay/J

une

2018

©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

2 of

12

Gen

eric

Mar

king

Prin

cipl

es

Th

ese

gene

ral m

arki

ng p

rinci

ples

mus

t be

appl

ied

by a

ll ex

amin

ers

whe

n m

arki

ng c

andi

date

ans

wer

s. T

hey

shou

ld b

e ap

plie

d al

ongs

ide

the

spec

ific

cont

ent o

f the

mar

k sc

hem

e or

gen

eric

leve

l des

crip

tors

for a

que

stio

n. E

ach

ques

tion

pape

r and

mar

k sc

hem

e w

ill a

lso

com

ply

with

thes

e m

arki

ng p

rinci

ples

. G

EN

ER

IC M

AR

KIN

G P

RIN

CIP

LE 1

: M

arks

mus

t be

awar

ded

in li

ne w

ith:

• th

e sp

ecifi

c co

nten

t of t

he m

ark

sche

me

or th

e ge

neric

leve

l des

crip

tors

for t

he q

uest

ion

• th

e sp

ecifi

c sk

ills

defin

ed in

the

mar

k sc

hem

e or

in th

e ge

neric

leve

l des

crip

tors

for t

he q

uest

ion

• th

e st

anda

rd o

f res

pons

e re

quire

d by

a c

andi

date

as

exem

plifi

ed b

y th

e st

anda

rdis

atio

n sc

ripts

.

GE

NE

RIC

MA

RK

ING

PR

INC

IPLE

2:

Mar

ks a

war

ded

are

alw

ays

who

le m

arks

(not

hal

f mar

ks, o

r oth

er fr

actio

ns).

GE

NE

RIC

MA

RK

ING

PR

INC

IPLE

3:

Mar

ks m

ust b

e aw

arde

d po

sitiv

ely:

mar

ks a

re a

war

ded

for c

orre

ct/v

alid

ans

wer

s, a

s de

fined

in th

e m

ark

sche

me.

How

ever

, cre

dit i

s gi

ven

for v

alid

ans

wer

s w

hich

go

beyo

nd th

e sc

ope

of th

e sy

llabu

s an

d m

ark

sche

me,

refe

rrin

g to

you

r Tea

m L

eade

r as

appr

opria

te

• m

arks

are

aw

arde

d w

hen

cand

idat

es c

lear

ly d

emon

stra

te w

hat t

hey

know

and

can

do

• m

arks

are

not

ded

ucte

d fo

r err

ors

• m

arks

are

not

ded

ucte

d fo

r om

issi

ons

• an

swer

s sh

ould

onl

y be

judg

ed o

n th

e qu

ality

of s

pelli

ng, p

unct

uatio

n an

d gr

amm

ar w

hen

thes

e fe

atur

es a

re s

peci

fical

ly a

sses

sed

by th

e qu

estio

n as

indi

cate

d by

the

mar

k sc

hem

e. T

he m

eani

ng, h

owev

er, s

houl

d be

una

mbi

guou

s.

GE

NE

RIC

MA

RK

ING

PR

INC

IPLE

4:

Rul

es m

ust b

e ap

plie

d co

nsis

tent

ly e

.g. i

n si

tuat

ions

whe

re c

andi

date

s ha

ve n

ot fo

llow

ed in

stru

ctio

ns o

r in

the

appl

icat

ion

of g

ener

ic le

vel

desc

ripto

rs.

Page 203: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/13

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

ay/J

une

2018

©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

3 of

12

GE

NE

RIC

MA

RK

ING

PR

INC

IPLE

5:

Mar

ks s

houl

d be

aw

arde

d us

ing

the

full

rang

e of

mar

ks d

efin

ed in

the

mar

k sc

hem

e fo

r the

que

stio

n (h

owev

er; t

he u

se o

f the

full

mar

k ra

nge

may

be

lim

ited

acco

rdin

g to

the

qual

ity o

f the

can

dida

te re

spon

ses

seen

).

GE

NE

RIC

MA

RK

ING

PR

INC

IPLE

6:

Mar

ks a

war

ded

are

base

d so

lely

on

the

requ

irem

ents

as

defin

ed in

the

mar

k sc

hem

e. M

arks

sho

uld

not b

e aw

arde

d w

ith g

rade

thre

shol

ds o

r gr

ade

desc

ripto

rs in

min

d.

Page 204: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/13

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

ay/J

une

2018

©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

4 of

12

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

1 O

ne m

ark

per e

ach

sens

or (s

enso

rs m

ust b

e di

ffere

nt):

App

licat

ion

Sens

or

Wei

ghin

g a

baby

in a

hos

pita

l P

ress

ure

Turn

ing

off a

ket

tle w

hen

it bo

ils

Tem

pera

ture

Con

trolli

ng a

n au

tom

atic

doo

r In

frare

d / L

ight

/ P

ress

ure

Mon

itorin

g th

e ai

r qua

lity

in a

n ae

ropl

ane

Oxy

gen

/ Gas

/ H

umid

ity

Cou

ntin

g ca

rs c

ross

ing

a br

idge

P

ress

ure

/ Inf

rare

d / M

agne

tic

5

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

2

Th

ree

corr

ect l

ines

= 2

mar

ks

Two

or o

ne c

orre

ct li

ne =

1 m

ark

2 Te

rm

Appl

ica�

on

Sim

plex

Half-

dupl

ex

Dupl

ex

A m

icro

phon

e th

at tr

ansm

its d

ata

to a

MID

I sys

tem

.

A tw

o-w

ay ra

dio

(wal

kie

talk

ie) t

hat c

an re

ceiv

e an

d tr

ansm

it m

essa

ges,

but

not

at t

he sa

me

�me.

A te

leph

one

that

can

rece

ive

and

tran

smit

audi

o sig

nals

simul

tane

ously

.

Page 205: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/13

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

ay/J

une

2018

©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

5 of

12

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

3 2

mar

ks p

er is

sue

from

: P

hish

ing

– Le

gitim

ate

look

ing

emai

ls s

ent t

o us

e –

Whe

n us

er c

licks

on

atta

chm

ent /

link

sen

t to

fraud

ulen

t web

site

Ask

ed to

reve

al/d

esig

ned

to s

teal

sen

sitiv

e in

form

atio

n P

harm

ing

– M

alic

ious

cod

e lo

aded

on

user

har

d dr

ive

– W

ill re

dire

ct U

RL

requ

ests

to fr

audu

lent

web

site

Ask

ed to

reve

al/d

esig

ned

to s

teal

sen

sitiv

e in

form

atio

n S

pam

Junk

/ un

wan

ted

emai

l –

Sen

t to

larg

e nu

mbe

rs o

f peo

ple

– U

sed

for a

dver

tisin

g / s

prea

ding

mal

war

e –

Fills

up

mai

l box

es

6

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

4(a)

(i)

Rec

eive

d B

yte

Tran

smitt

ed

corr

ectly

(

)

Tran

smitt

ed

inco

rrec

tly

()

1000

1011

1010

1110

0101

1101

0010

0101

4

4(a)

(ii)

One

from

: –

AR

Q

– C

heck

Sum

1

Page 206: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/13

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

ay/J

une

2018

©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

6 of

12

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

4(b)

(i)

– M

ultip

le b

its /

byte

(s) s

ent a

t the

sam

e tim

e –

Usi

ng m

ultip

le w

ires

2

4(b)

(ii)

Any

one

from

e.g

.: –

Inte

grat

ed C

ircui

ts

– A

ny a

ppro

pria

te C

PU

bus

es

– A

ny s

uita

ble

devi

ce c

onne

ctio

n th

at u

ses

para

llel

1

4(b)

(iii)

Two

from

: –

Bits

rem

ain

sync

hron

ised

– re

duci

ng d

ata

erro

rs

Onl

y si

ngle

wire

is re

quire

d

– m

ore

cost

effe

ctiv

e to

inst

all/m

anuf

actu

re

2

4(c)

(i)

– E

ncry

pted

text

is m

eani

ngle

ss

– N

eed

the

key

to d

ecry

pt th

e te

xt

2

4(c)

(ii)

– In

crea

se le

ngth

/ m

ore

bits

use

d fo

r key

– w

ill g

ener

ate

mor

e po

ssib

ilitie

s fo

r key

/ le

ss c

hanc

e of

dec

rypt

ion

by b

rute

forc

e m

etho

d 2

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

5(a)

(0

)110

1011

1

5(b)

00

0 10

0101

100

1 m

ark

for t

hree

lead

ing

zero

s, 1

mar

k fo

r cor

rect

bin

ary

num

ber

2

5(c)

B

3 1

mar

k fo

r eac

h co

rrec

t cha

ract

er

2

6(a)

A

ny tw

o fro

m:

– A

sig

nal s

ent f

rom

a d

evic

e / s

oftw

are

– R

eque

sts

proc

esso

r tim

e //

Pro

cess

or s

tops

to s

ervi

ce in

terr

upt

– In

terr

upts

hav

e di

ffere

nt p

riorit

ies

2

Page 207: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/13

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

ay/J

une

2018

©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

7 of

12

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

6(b)

A

ny th

ree

from

e.g

.: –

Key

boar

d –

Prin

ter

– M

ouse

3

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

7(a)

A

ny th

ree

from

: –

Doe

s no

t req

uire

per

iphe

rals

(mou

se o

r key

boar

d)

– N

umbe

r of p

ossi

ble

inpu

ts li

mite

d / m

enu

driv

en in

terfa

ce

– Le

ss c

hanc

e of

inpu

t erro

r –

Res

ista

nt to

wea

ther

3

7(b)

Use

s tw

o/m

ultip

le la

yers

Whe

n to

p la

yer t

ouch

ed /

push

ed tw

o la

yers

mak

e co

ntac

t –

Circ

uit i

s co

mpl

eted

whe

n la

yers

touc

h –

Poi

nt o

f con

tact

is d

eter

min

ed/c

alcu

late

d

4

Page 208: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/13

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

ay/J

une

2018

©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

8 of

12

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

8(a)

A

B

C

X

0 0

0 1

0 0

1 1

0 1

0 0

0 1

1 1

1 0

0 0

1 0

1 1

1 1

0 1

1 1

1 1

All

8 fo

r 4 m

arks

6

or 7

for 3

mar

ks

4 or

5 fo

r 2 m

arks

2

or 3

for 1

mar

k

4

Page 209: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/13

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

ay/J

une

2018

©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

9 of

12

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

8(b)

X

1 m

ark

per g

ate

with

cor

rect

inpu

ts

6

Page 210: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/13

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

ay/J

une

2018

©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

10 o

f 12

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

9

Stat

emen

t A

ssem

bler

(

) C

ompi

ler

()

Inte

rpre

ter

()

Tran

slat

es h

igh-

leve

l lan

guag

e in

to

mac

hine

cod

e

Pro

vide

s er

ror

diag

nost

ics

Tran

slat

es w

hole

pr

ogra

m to

obj

ect

code

in o

ne

oper

atio

n

Tran

slat

es a

nd

exec

utes

one

line

of

cod

e at

a ti

me

1 m

ark

for e

ach

corr

ect c

olum

n

3

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

10

Any

six

from

: –

Pro

gram

cou

nter

(PC

) hol

ds a

ddre

ss /

loca

tion

of th

e in

stru

ctio

n –

The

addr

ess

held

in P

C is

sen

t to

MA

R

– A

ddre

ss is

sen

t usi

ng a

ddre

ss b

us

– P

C is

incr

emen

ted

– Th

e in

stru

ctio

n is

sen

t fro

m a

ddre

ss in

mem

ory

to M

DR

Inst

ruct

ion

is tr

ansf

erre

d us

ing

the

data

bus

– In

stru

ctio

n se

nt to

CIR

6

Page 211: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/13

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

ay/J

une

2018

©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

11 o

f 12

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

11

Any

thre

e fro

m:

– O

ptic

al m

edia

Non

-vol

atile

Offl

ine

– S

ingl

e (c

ontin

uous

spi

ral)

track

Dat

a st

ored

usi

ng la

nds

/ pits

Rea

d us

ing

(red

) las

ers

– C

an b

e re

ad o

nly

(R) o

r rea

d w

rite

(RW

)

3

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

12

256

× 20

0 =

51 

200

×

5120

016

=10

240

08

102

400

=10

010

24

Ans

wer

100 k

B

One

mar

k fo

r cor

rect

ans

wer

and

two

mar

ks fo

r cor

rect

cal

cula

tions

.

3

Page 212: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/13

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

ay/J

une

2018

©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

12 o

f 12

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

13

Any

six

from

e.g

.: –

Pro

vide

acc

ess

to th

e in

tern

et /

dial

up

/ bro

adba

nd

– U

sual

ly c

harg

e a

mon

thly

fee

– M

onito

r usa

ge

– G

ive

user

s an

IP a

ddre

ss

– D

eter

min

e ba

ndw

idth

Sup

ports

dom

ain

nam

es

– P

rovi

de s

ecur

ity s

ervi

ces

– P

rovi

de w

eb h

ostin

g fa

cilit

ies

Pro

vide

acc

ess

to E

mai

l / M

ailb

ox

– P

rovi

des

onlin

e da

ta s

tora

ge

6

Page 213: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

IGCSE™ is a registered trademark.

This syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 11 printed pages.

© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

Cambridge Assessment International Education Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

COMPUTER SCIENCE 0478/21 Paper 2 May/June 2018

MARK SCHEME

Maximum Mark: 50

Published

This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began, which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers. Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner Report for Teachers. Cambridge International will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes. Cambridge International is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2018 series for most Cambridge IGCSE™, Cambridge International A and AS Level and Cambridge Pre-U components, and some Cambridge O Level components.

Page 214: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/21

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

ay/J

une

2018

©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

2 of

11

Gen

eric

Mar

king

Prin

cipl

es

Th

ese

gene

ral m

arki

ng p

rinci

ples

mus

t be

appl

ied

by a

ll ex

amin

ers

whe

n m

arki

ng c

andi

date

ans

wer

s. T

hey

shou

ld b

e ap

plie

d al

ongs

ide

the

spec

ific

cont

ent o

f the

mar

k sc

hem

e or

gen

eric

leve

l des

crip

tors

for a

que

stio

n. E

ach

ques

tion

pape

r and

mar

k sc

hem

e w

ill a

lso

com

ply

with

thes

e m

arki

ng p

rinci

ples

. G

EN

ER

IC M

AR

KIN

G P

RIN

CIP

LE 1

: M

arks

mus

t be

awar

ded

in li

ne w

ith:

• th

e sp

ecifi

c co

nten

t of t

he m

ark

sche

me

or th

e ge

neric

leve

l des

crip

tors

for t

he q

uest

ion

• th

e sp

ecifi

c sk

ills

defin

ed in

the

mar

k sc

hem

e or

in th

e ge

neric

leve

l des

crip

tors

for t

he q

uest

ion

• th

e st

anda

rd o

f res

pons

e re

quire

d by

a c

andi

date

as

exem

plifi

ed b

y th

e st

anda

rdis

atio

n sc

ripts

.

GE

NE

RIC

MA

RK

ING

PR

INC

IPLE

2:

Mar

ks a

war

ded

are

alw

ays

who

le m

arks

(not

hal

f mar

ks, o

r oth

er fr

actio

ns).

GE

NE

RIC

MA

RK

ING

PR

INC

IPLE

3:

Mar

ks m

ust b

e aw

arde

d po

sitiv

ely:

mar

ks a

re a

war

ded

for c

orre

ct/v

alid

ans

wer

s, a

s de

fined

in th

e m

ark

sche

me.

How

ever

, cre

dit i

s gi

ven

for v

alid

ans

wer

s w

hich

go

beyo

nd th

e sc

ope

of th

e sy

llabu

s an

d m

ark

sche

me,

refe

rrin

g to

you

r Tea

m L

eade

r as

appr

opria

te

• m

arks

are

aw

arde

d w

hen

cand

idat

es c

lear

ly d

emon

stra

te w

hat t

hey

know

and

can

do

• m

arks

are

not

ded

ucte

d fo

r err

ors

• m

arks

are

not

ded

ucte

d fo

r om

issi

ons

• an

swer

s sh

ould

onl

y be

judg

ed o

n th

e qu

ality

of s

pelli

ng, p

unct

uatio

n an

d gr

amm

ar w

hen

thes

e fe

atur

es a

re s

peci

fical

ly a

sses

sed

by th

e qu

estio

n as

indi

cate

d by

the

mar

k sc

hem

e. T

he m

eani

ng, h

owev

er, s

houl

d be

una

mbi

guou

s.

GE

NE

RIC

MA

RK

ING

PR

INC

IPLE

4:

Rul

es m

ust b

e ap

plie

d co

nsis

tent

ly e

.g. i

n si

tuat

ions

whe

re c

andi

date

s ha

ve n

ot fo

llow

ed in

stru

ctio

ns o

r in

the

appl

icat

ion

of g

ener

ic le

vel

desc

ripto

rs.

Page 215: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/21

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

ay/J

une

2018

©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

3 of

11

GE

NE

RIC

MA

RK

ING

PR

INC

IPLE

5:

Mar

ks s

houl

d be

aw

arde

d us

ing

the

full

rang

e of

mar

ks d

efin

ed in

the

mar

k sc

hem

e fo

r the

que

stio

n (h

owev

er; t

he u

se o

f the

full

mar

k ra

nge

may

be

lim

ited

acco

rdin

g to

the

qual

ity o

f the

can

dida

te re

spon

ses

seen

).

GE

NE

RIC

MA

RK

ING

PR

INC

IPLE

6:

Mar

ks a

war

ded

are

base

d so

lely

on

the

requ

irem

ents

as

defin

ed in

the

mar

k sc

hem

e. M

arks

sho

uld

not b

e aw

arde

d w

ith g

rade

thre

shol

ds o

r gr

ade

desc

ripto

rs in

min

d.

Page 216: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/21

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

ay/J

une

2018

©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

4 of

11

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

Sect

ion

A

1(a)

(i)

Man

y co

rrec

t ans

wer

s, th

ey m

ust b

e m

eani

ngfu

l. Th

e fo

llow

ing

is a

n ex

ampl

e on

ly:

One

mar

k pe

r bul

let p

oint

• D

ata

stru

ctur

e A

rray

Nam

e

processor

Dat

a ty

pe

st

ring

• U

se

to s

tore

pro

cess

ors

curr

ently

ava

ilabl

e

4

1(a)

(ii)

One

mar

k pe

r bul

let p

oint

• D

ata

stru

ctur

e gi

ven

(1)

• D

ata

type

(1)

• S

ampl

e da

ta (1

) •

Mor

e th

an o

ne d

ata

stru

ctur

e de

scrib

ed (1

) M

any

corr

ect a

nsw

ers,

they

mus

t be

mea

ning

ful.

The

follo

win

g is

an

exam

ple

only

: e.

g. T

hree

arr

ays

cont

aini

ng s

tring

dat

a w

ith n

ame,

add

ress

and

pho

ne n

umbe

r – J

ohn

Sm

ith, C

ambr

idge

, 012

23 1

2345

6

4

1(b)

O

ne m

ark

for m

etho

d, o

ne m

ark

for a

n ex

tens

ion

or re

ason

. M

any

corr

ect a

nsw

ers,

an

exam

ple

is g

iven

. U

se a

pre

viou

sly

stor

ed n

umbe

r//ge

nera

tes/

uses

an

initi

al v

alue

(1)

Upd

ate

it (b

y 1)

eve

ry ti

me

an e

stim

ate

is m

ade

(1)

2

Page 217: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/21

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

ay/J

une

2018

©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

5 of

11

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

1(c)

A

ny fi

ve fr

om:

1 In

itial

ise

(sto

ck le

vel)

flag

2 C

heck

sto

ck le

vel f

or th

e ch

osen

pro

cess

or ty

pe

3 O

nly

chec

k R

AM

if p

roce

ssor

ava

ilabl

e //

Onl

y ch

eck

proc

esso

r if R

AM

ava

ilabl

e 4

Che

ck s

tock

leve

l for

the

chos

en ty

pe o

f RA

M

5 Fi

nish

pro

cess

if p

robl

em w

ith (R

AM

/Pro

cess

or) s

tock

leve

ls

6 Id

entif

y ou

t of s

tock

(pro

cess

or/R

AM

)//S

et fl

ag to

app

ropr

iate

val

ue

7 Id

entif

y st

ock

leve

l OK

//Set

flag

to a

ppro

pria

te v

alue

5

Page 218: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/21

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

ay/J

une

2018

©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

6 of

11

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

1(c)

S

ampl

e an

swer

: foundProc ← FALSE

count ← 1

WHILE NOT foundProc AND count <=3 DO

IF processor(estNo) = proc(count) AND stProc(count) > 0

THEN

foundProc ← TRUE

ENDIF

count ← count + 1

ENDWHILE

IF foundProc

THEN

foundRAM ← FALSE

IF RAM(estNO) = RAM1 AND stRAM1 >0

THEN

foundRAM ← TRUE

stRAM1 ← stRAM1 - 1

ENDIF

IF RAM(estNO) = RAM2 AND stRAM2 >0

THEN

foundRAM ← TRUE

stRAM2 ← stRAM2 - 1

ENDIF

ENDIF

IF NOT foundProc

THEN

OUTPUT "Processor out of stock"

ELSE

stProc(count) ← stProc(count) - 1

ENDIF

IF NOT foundRAM

THEN

OUTPUT "RAM out of stock"

ENDIF

Page 219: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/21

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

ay/J

une

2018

©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

7 of

11

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

1(d)

O

ne m

ark

for e

ach

corr

ect p

oint

(max

5):

Exp

lana

tion

1 H

ow th

e nu

mbe

r of o

rder

s w

as c

alcu

late

d 2

Dea

l with

the

case

whe

re th

e es

timat

e ha

s no

t bee

n tu

rned

into

an

orde

r 3

Cal

cula

ting

the

tota

l num

ber o

f eac

h co

mpo

nent

sol

d 4

Det

ails

of m

etho

d ac

tual

ly u

sed

to c

alcu

late

num

bers

of c

ompo

nent

s 5

How

the

tota

l val

ue o

f all

the

orde

rs w

as c

alcu

late

d 6

Dis

play

sum

mar

y 7

Dis

play

com

plet

e su

mm

ary

of n

umbe

r of o

rder

s, to

tal n

umbe

r of c

ompo

nent

s an

d to

tal v

alue

of o

rder

s P

rogr

amm

ing

stat

emen

ts c

an b

e us

ed b

ut m

ust b

e ex

plai

ned

to g

ain

cred

it.

5

Page 220: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/21

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

ay/J

une

2018

©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

8 of

11

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

Sect

ion

B

2(a)

A

ny s

ix fr

om:

1 In

itial

isat

ion

of c

ount

ers

for p

ositi

ve n

umbe

rs a

nd z

eros

2

App

ropr

iate

loop

for 1

000

itera

tions

3

Inpu

t num

ber i

nsid

e lo

op

4 Te

st fo

r pos

itive

num

bers

5

Upd

ate

posi

tive

num

ber c

ount

er

6 Te

st fo

r zer

os

7 U

pdat

e ze

ro c

ount

er

8 O

utpu

t cou

nter

s w

ith a

ppro

pria

te m

essa

ges

outs

ide

loop

zero ← 0

posCount ← 0

FOR count ← 1 TO 1000

INPUT number

IF number > 0

THEN posCount ← posCount + 1

ENDIF

IF number = 0

THEN zero ← zero + 1

ENDIF

NEXT

OUTPUT posCount, " positive numbers"

OUTPUT zero, " zeros"

6

2(b)

R

educ

e th

e nu

mbe

r of i

tera

tions

to a

man

agea

ble

amou

nt //

Sim

ulat

e th

e in

put (

e.g.

rand

om g

ener

atio

n)

1

Page 221: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/21

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

ay/J

une

2018

©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

9 of

11

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

3(a)

Dig

it(1)

D

igit(

2)

Dig

it(3)

Dig

it(4)

Dig

it(5)

Dig

it(6)

Dig

it(7)

D

igit(

8)Su

m

OU

TPU

T 5

7 0

1 2

3 4

6 44

G

TIN

-8

57

0123

46

D

igit(

1)

Dig

it(2)

D

igit(

3)D

igit(

4)D

igit(

5)D

igit(

6)D

igit(

7)

Dig

it(8)

Sum

O

UTP

UT

4 3

1 0

2 3

1 0

30

GTI

N-8

43

1023

10

One

mar

k fo

r dat

a en

try –

bot

h se

ts o

f dig

its 1

–7

One

mar

k fo

r bot

h D

igit(

8)

One

mar

k fo

r eac

h S

um (m

ax T

wo)

O

ne m

ark

for b

oth

OU

TPU

T

5

3(b)

A

ny th

ree

from

1

Cha

nge

first

loop

to 8

iter

atio

ns

2 C

heck

that

the

inpu

t Digit(8)

is e

qual

to th

e ca

lcul

ated

Digit(8)…

3

if e

qual

out

put c

heck

dig

it co

rrec

t 4

oth

erw

ise

outp

ut c

heck

dig

it in

corre

ct

Or

1 C

hang

e fir

st lo

op to

8 it

erat

ions

2

Put

all

8 di

gits

thro

ugh

the

algo

rithm

to c

alcu

late

Sum …

3

if MOD(Sum,10)

is e

qual

to z

ero,

che

ck d

igit

corr

ect

4 o

ther

wis

e ou

tput

che

ck d

igit

inco

rrect

3

Page 222: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/21

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

ay/J

une

2018

©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

10 o

f 11

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

4 O

ne m

ark

for e

ach

(max

thre

e)

10.0

0 bo

unda

ry/e

rron

eous

dat

a //

the

pric

e sh

ould

be

reje

cted

// v

alue

is o

ut o

f ran

ge

9.99

b

ound

ary/

extre

me/

norm

al d

ata

// th

e pr

ices

sho

uld

be a

ccep

ted

// va

lue

is w

ithin

nor

mal

rang

e te

n

erro

neou

s/ab

norm

al d

ata

// in

put s

houl

d be

reje

cted

// v

alue

is w

rong

type

3

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

5 Th

ere

are

man

y po

ssib

le a

nsw

ers.

e.g

.: To

talli

ng is

use

d to

sum

a li

st o

f num

bers

(1)

Cou

ntin

g is

use

d to

find

how

man

y nu

mbe

rs/it

ems

ther

e ar

e in

a li

st. (

1)

Tota

lling

exa

mpl

e (1

) e.g

. Total = Total + Number

C

ount

ing

exam

ple

(1) e

.g. Counter = Counter + 1

4

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

6(a)

Fi

elds

5 R

ecor

ds

8 2

6(b)

A

ny tw

o fro

m:

Leng

th c

heck

Ty

pe c

heck

P

rese

nce

chec

k Fo

rmat

che

ck

2

Page 223: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478

/21

Cam

brid

ge IG

CS

E –

Mar

k S

chem

e PU

BLI

SHED

M

ay/J

une

2018

©

UC

LES

201

8 P

age

11 o

f 11

Que

stio

n A

nsw

er

Mar

ks

6(c)

Fiel

d:

Type

S

old

Out

D

ate

Title

Tabl

e:

PE

RFO

RM

AN

CE

P

ER

FOR

MA

NC

E

PE

RFO

RM

AN

CE

P

ER

FOR

MA

NC

E

Sor

t:

Sho

w:

Crit

eria

: Li

ke “J

azz”

Fa

lse

or:

One

mar

k pe

r cor

rect

col

umn.

4

Page 224: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

IGCSE™ is a registered trademark.

This syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 7 printed pages.

© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

Cambridge Assessment International Education Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

COMPUTER SCIENCE 0478/22 Paper 2 May/June 2018

MARK SCHEME

Maximum Mark: 50

Published

This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began, which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers. Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner Report for Teachers. Cambridge International will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes. Cambridge International is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2018 series for most Cambridge IGCSE™, Cambridge International A and AS Level and Cambridge Pre-U components, and some Cambridge O Level components.

Page 225: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme PUBLISHED

May/June 2018

© UCLES 2018 Page 2 of 7

Generic Marking Principles

These general marking principles must be applied by all examiners when marking candidate answers. They should be applied alongside the specific content of the mark scheme or generic level descriptors for a question. Each question paper and mark scheme will also comply with these marking principles.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 1: Marks must be awarded in line with: • the specific content of the mark scheme or the generic level descriptors for the question • the specific skills defined in the mark scheme or in the generic level descriptors for the question• the standard of response required by a candidate as exemplified by the standardisation scripts.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 2: Marks awarded are always whole marks (not half marks, or other fractions).

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 3: Marks must be awarded positively: • marks are awarded for correct/valid answers, as defined in the mark scheme. However, credit

is given for valid answers which go beyond the scope of the syllabus and mark scheme, referring to your Team Leader as appropriate

• marks are awarded when candidates clearly demonstrate what they know and can do • marks are not deducted for errors • marks are not deducted for omissions • answers should only be judged on the quality of spelling, punctuation and grammar when these

features are specifically assessed by the question as indicated by the mark scheme. The meaning, however, should be unambiguous.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 4: Rules must be applied consistently e.g. in situations where candidates have not followed instructions or in the application of generic level descriptors.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 5: Marks should be awarded using the full range of marks defined in the mark scheme for the question (however; the use of the full mark range may be limited according to the quality of the candidate responses seen).

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 6: Marks awarded are based solely on the requirements as defined in the mark scheme. Marks should not be awarded with grade thresholds or grade descriptors in mind.

Page 226: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme PUBLISHED

May/June 2018

© UCLES 2018 Page 3 of 7

Question Answer Marks

Section A

1(a)(i) Variable name, data type and use one mark, max two Several correct answers, the names chosen must be meaningful. Variables must relate to task 2 Example Name totalMilk Data type integer/real Use to store the total volume of the milk for the week (to the nearest whole litre) (1) Name weeklyAverage Data type integer/real Use to store the average yield per week (1)

2

1(a)(ii) One mark per bullet point. • Data structure(s) given (1) • Data type (1) • Sample data (1) • More than one data structure described (1)

Example A real array for each milking and an array of strings for the identity codes. There would be 14 arrays for the milking e.g. mondayMorning, mondayEvening Sample data for a cow could be 123, 23.5, 22.7

4

1(b) Entering/selecting the identity code (1) method to ensure it is not a duplicate (1) Example Enter new identity code number Check if already in the list of code numbers

2

Page 227: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme PUBLISHED

May/June 2018

© UCLES 2018 Page 4 of 7

Question Answer Marks

1(c) Any five from: 1 Initialisation for total weekly volume 2 loop control 3 calculation of running total for yield 4 calculation of average yield 5 output total and average yield per week with message outside loop 6 value(s) rounded Sample answer total ← 0 FOR counter ← 1 TO numCows total ← total + mondayMorning(counter) total ← total + mondayEvening(counter) total ← total + tuesdayMorning(counter) total ← total + tuesdayEvening (counter) total ← total + wednesdayMorning(counter) total ← total + wednesdayEvening (counter) total ← total + thursdayMorning(counter) total ← total + thursdayEvening (counter) total ← total + fridayMorning(counter) total ← total + fridayEvening (counter) total ← total + saturdayMorning(counter) total ← total + saturdayEvening (counter) total ← total + sundayMorning(counter) total ← total + sundayEvening(counter) NEXT counter Average ← ROUND(total/numCows) OUTPUT "Total volume of milk for week ", ROUND(total) OUTPUT "Average weekly yield ", average

5

1(d)(i) Explanation Any five from: 1 Check each cow 2 Initialise day counter to zero 3 Check every day of the week 4 If daily yield is less than 12 5 add one to day counter 6 If day counter >= 4 7 identify/output identity code number(s)

5

1(d)(ii) Explanation • Add new storage space to store code numbers for example new

array/table/list • Add extra code to store these values if the condition was met

2

Page 228: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme PUBLISHED

May/June 2018

© UCLES 2018 Page 5 of 7

Question Answer Marks

Section B

2(a) One mark per correct pair of actions, process, Input/Output, Tests (apart from START and END) max 3 One mark complete Flowlines, one mark working flowlines, one mark correct use flowchart symbols

6

2(b) Any two from: • Use another counter/variable • Update this counter/variable when the number is less than zero/count all

numbers and subtract the positive numbers • Output this counter/variable at the end // Output both counters at the end

2

START

INPUT Number

Is Number = 0?

Is Number < 0?

Count ← Count + 1

Yes

No

Count ← 0

END

OUTPUT Count, "positive numbers"

No

Yes

Page 229: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme PUBLISHED

May/June 2018

© UCLES 2018 Page 6 of 7

Question Answer Marks

3(a)

Number1 Number2 Sign Answer OUTPUT 5 7 + 12 12

6 2 - 4 4

4 3 * 12 12

7 8 ? 0

0 0 / (0)

1 mark 1 mark 1 mark

3

3(b) CASE Sign OF ENDCASE (1) List +, -, *, / with correct assignments (1) OTHERWISE Answer ← 0 (1) Example CASE Sign OF ꞌ+ꞌ : Answer ← Number1 + Number2 ꞌ-ꞌ : Answer ← Number1 - Number2 ꞌ*ꞌ : Answer ← Number1 * Number2 ꞌ/ꞌ : Answer ← Number1 / Number2 OTHERWISE Answer ← 0 ENDCASE

3

Question Answer Marks

4(a) Max 4 in total Any 3 from:

• To ensure no changes are made on input / accuracy of transcription • Because the details do not have fixed, values or lengths to validate • Because there is no clear set of rules that can be used for validation

Any 3 from:

• The programmer could ask the contributor to type in each detail twice • and then check that both values are equal • If they are not equal then the input should be rejected • The programmer could ask the contributor to check the details on the

screen • and confirm that they are correct / same as the original • or change them

4

4(b) One mark for email and one mark for password Email – check for @ / format check / no spaces /valid characters // presence check // length check (not more than 254 characters) // uniqueness check Password – length check / numbers and letters etc. // uniqueness check not been used before // presence check

2

Page 230: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme PUBLISHED

May/June 2018

© UCLES 2018 Page 7 of 7

Question Answer Marks

5 One mark per value and reason, max 3 Example 1.00 – boundary rejected//rejected (underweight) // out of range(1) 1.02 – normal // valid // accepted weight in range (1) 1.10 – abnormal // erroneous // invalid // rejected (overweight) (1)

3

Question Answer Marks

6(a) Fields 5 1

6(b) One mark description of new code that will allow more than 1000 values One mark for example matching candidate’s description Example Use a new character instead of N TT345

2

6(c)

Field: At Risk Age in Years Type Map Position

Table: TREES TREES TREES TREES

Sort:

Show:

Criteria: True >100

or: One mark per correct column

4

Page 231: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

IGCSE™ is a registered trademark.

This syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 8 printed pages.

© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

Cambridge Assessment International Education Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

COMPUTER SCIENCE 0478/23 Paper 2 May/June 2018

MARK SCHEME

Maximum Mark: 50

Published

This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began, which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers. Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner Report for Teachers. Cambridge International will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes. Cambridge International is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2018 series for most Cambridge IGCSE™, Cambridge International A and AS Level and Cambridge Pre-U components, and some Cambridge O Level components.

Page 232: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme PUBLISHED

May/June 2018

© UCLES 2018 Page 2 of 8

Generic Marking Principles

These general marking principles must be applied by all examiners when marking candidate answers. They should be applied alongside the specific content of the mark scheme or generic level descriptors for a question. Each question paper and mark scheme will also comply with these marking principles.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 1: Marks must be awarded in line with: • the specific content of the mark scheme or the generic level descriptors for the question • the specific skills defined in the mark scheme or in the generic level descriptors for the question• the standard of response required by a candidate as exemplified by the standardisation scripts.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 2: Marks awarded are always whole marks (not half marks, or other fractions).

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 3: Marks must be awarded positively: • marks are awarded for correct/valid answers, as defined in the mark scheme. However, credit

is given for valid answers which go beyond the scope of the syllabus and mark scheme, referring to your Team Leader as appropriate

• marks are awarded when candidates clearly demonstrate what they know and can do • marks are not deducted for errors • marks are not deducted for omissions • answers should only be judged on the quality of spelling, punctuation and grammar when these

features are specifically assessed by the question as indicated by the mark scheme. The meaning, however, should be unambiguous.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 4: Rules must be applied consistently e.g. in situations where candidates have not followed instructions or in the application of generic level descriptors.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 5: Marks should be awarded using the full range of marks defined in the mark scheme for the question (however; the use of the full mark range may be limited according to the quality of the candidate responses seen).

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 6: Marks awarded are based solely on the requirements as defined in the mark scheme. Marks should not be awarded with grade thresholds or grade descriptors in mind.

Page 233: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme PUBLISHED

May/June 2018

© UCLES 2018 Page 3 of 8

Question Answer Marks

Section A

1(a)(i) One mark for any meaningful array name related to Task 1 × 2 e.g. Tickets EntryTime One mark for correct data type AND use related to Task 1 × 2 e.g.

integer to store the ticket numbers real to store the entry times

4

1(a)(ii) One mark for any meaningful name for a constant AND value related to Task 3 × 2 e.g. MaxTime 8 MaxFine 100 One mark for correct use related to Task 3 × 2 e.g.

to store the maximum number of hours allowed in the car park to store the current value of the fine for staying too long (in $)

4

Page 234: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme PUBLISHED

May/June 2018

© UCLES 2018 Page 4 of 8

Question Answer Marks

1(b) Any six from: • Initialisation of ticket numbers and arrays • Loop for day’s transactions • Check for entry • Output of free spaces before entry • Suitable input prompts to select on entry • Relevant Inputs (to get ticket and to input time) • Recording of entry time and ticket number in arrays • Generate next ticket number • Update and display number of car park spaces available after entry

Ticket_Number ← 1 //This number would not reset each day Ticket_Array[1:100] Entry_Time[1:100] Spaces ← 100 Count ← 1 //This number would reset each day WHILE Count > 1 DO OUTPUT "Available Spaces" Spaces INPUT "Press enter to get ticket", Entry OUTPUT "Next Ticket Number", Ticket_Number INPUT "Current time", Current_Time Ticket_Array[Count] ← Ticket_Number Entry_Time[Count] ← Current_Time Ticket_Number ← Ticket_Number + 1 Spaces ← Spaces – 1 Count ← Count + 1 ENDWHILE

6

1(c) Any four from: • Explanation of how the checking of the length of stay was done • Correct comparison to check length of stay against maximum • Explanation of how the extra charge is calculated • Correct calculation to work out the regular parking charge • Explanation of suitable output to show parking charge and extra

charge if appropriate

4

1(d) One mark for each correct test data item and related reason for Task 1 (Answers MUST relate to pre-release task) e.g. Test data: –102 Reason: To check that negative values for ticket numbers are rejected Test data: 85 Reason: To check that normal ticket number data is accepted

2

Page 235: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme PUBLISHED

May/June 2018

© UCLES 2018 Page 5 of 8

Question Answer Marks

Section B

2(a) One mark for description one mark for example e.g. To test if the data entered is possible / reasonable

A range check tests that data entered fits within specified values. Allow any correct validation check as an example

2

2(b) One mark for description one mark for example e.g. To test if the data input is the same as the data that was intended to be input 

A double entry check expects each item of data to be entered twice and compares both entries to check they are the same. Allow any correct verification check as an example

2

Question Answer Marks

3 One mark for each correct answer Counter = 0 FOR Count = 1 TO 30 Total = Total + Number NEXT Count

4

Page 236: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme PUBLISHED

May/June 2018

© UCLES 2018 Page 6 of 8

Question Answer Marks

4(a) Any two from: • Expects a number to be input • Checks if the number is greater than 100 • Outputs the result of the test • Specific output example

2

4(b)(i) One mark for correct answer e.g. Use a (condition controlled) loop

1

4(b)(ii) One mark for each point • Initialisation of Number variable • Correct loop statements • Correct INPUT and OUTPUT

e.g. INPUT Number WHILE Number > 100 DO OUTPUT ″The number is too large″ INPUT Number ENDWHILE OUTPUT ″The number is acceptable″

or INPUT Number REPEAT IF Number > 100 THEN OUTPUT ″The number is too large″ ENDIF INPUT Number UNTIL Number <= 100 OUTPUT ″The number is acceptable″

3

Page 237: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme PUBLISHED

May/June 2018

© UCLES 2018 Page 7 of 8

Question Answer Marks

5(a)

Max Counter Num OUTPUT

–1000.00 0 6.30

6.30 1 18.62

18.62 2 50.01

50.01 3 3.13

50.01 4 2.05

50.01 5 50.10

50.10 6 40.35

50.10 7 30.69

50.10 8 0.85

50.10 9 17.30

50.10 10 50.10

1 mark 1 mark 1 mark

3

5(b) One mark for each correct change (max two) Box 2 Change the initialization value of the current ‘Max’ variable to

a very high number Box 4 Change the inequality from > to < Boxes 2, 4, 5, 8 Change the Max variable to something more suitable e.g. Min

2

Question Answer Marks

6(a) One mark for correct answer 20

1

6(b)(i) One mark for correct answer CatNo

1

6(b)(ii) One mark for correct answer It is a unique identifier

1

Page 238: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

0478/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme PUBLISHED

May/June 2018

© UCLES 2018 Page 8 of 8

Question Answer Marks

6(c) One mark for every two correct data types

Field Data Type

CatNo Text

Title Text

Genre 1 Text

Stream Boolean / Text

2

6(d) One mark for each correct row 18m02 Golfwatch Yes No Yes

18m03 Chair 27 Yes Yes No Accept if drawn in a table, but don’t allow any punctuation

2

6(e)

Field: CatNo Title Genre 1 Genre 2 Stream

Table: 2018MOV 2018MOV 2018MOV 2018MOV 2018MOV

Sort: Ascending

Show:

Criteria: =”Sci-Fi” Yes

or: =”Sci-Fi” Yes

1 mark 1 mark 1 mark 1 mark

One mark per completely correct column / group of columns as shown.

4

Page 239: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

*5852353658*

This document consists of 2 printed pages.

DC (NF) 148542/1© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

Cambridge International ExaminationsCambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

COMPUTER SCIENCE 0478/21Paper 2 Problem-solving and Programming May/June 2018PRE-RELEASE MATERIALNo Additional Materials are required.This material should be given to the relevant teachers and candidates as soon as it has been receivedat the Centre.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Candidates should use this material in preparation for the examination. Candidates should attempt the practical programming tasks using their chosen high-level, procedural programming language.

This syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

Page 240: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

2

0478/21/PRE/M/J/18© UCLES 2018

In preparation for the examination candidates should attempt the following practical tasks by writing and testing a program or programs.

A computer shop will build a computer from components to meet a customer’s requirements. For each request for a computer to be built, an estimate of the cost is produced. The component stock level is checked; if all the components are in stock, a firm order to build the computer can be placed. A program is required to work out the cost of the computer, update the stock levels and provide a daily summary of orders for the shop owner.

Write and test a program or programs for the computer shop owner.

• Your program or programs must include appropriate prompts for the entry of data.• Error messages and other output need to be set out clearly and understandably.• All variables, constants and other identifiers must have meaningful names.

You will need to complete these three tasks. Each task must be fully tested.

TASK 1 – Produce an estimate.

Write a program for TASK 1 to calculate the cost of building a computer using these components:

Component Choices Prices in $

Processor p3 / p5 / p7 100 / 120 / 200

RAM 16 GB / 32 GB 75 / 150

Storage 1 TB / 2 TB 50 / 100

Screen 19" / 23" 65 / 120

Case Mini Tower / Midi Tower 40 / 70

USB ports 2 ports / 4 ports 10 / 20

The customer makes a choice for each component and an estimate is produced. The estimate must show a unique estimate number, the components chosen and the price of each component. The estimate must also show the total cost of the computer, which is calculated as the sum of the cost of the components chosen plus 20%.

TASK 2 – Place an order.

Using your estimate from TASK 1, check if the components required are in stock. If all the components are in stock then update the stock levels. Add the unique estimate number to the list of order numbers. Add the customer’s details and today’s date to the estimate details to finalise the order. Print two copies of the order, one for the customer and one for the shop.

TASK 3 –Summarise the day’s orders.

Extend TASK 2 to provide an end of day summary showing the number of orders made, the total number of each component sold and the value of the orders.

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

Page 241: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

This document consists of 2 printed pages.

DC (NH) 148632/2© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

*0032183648*

COMPUTER SCIENCE 0478/22Paper 2 Problem-solving and Programming May/June 2018PRE-RELEASE MATERIALNo Additional Materials are required.This material should be given to the relevant teachers and candidates as soon as it has been received at the Centre.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Candidates should use this material in preparation for the examination. Candidates should attempt the practical programming tasks using their chosen high-level, procedural programming language.

This syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

Cambridge International ExaminationsCambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

Page 242: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

2

0478/22/PRE/M/J/18© UCLES 2018

In preparation for the examination candidates should attempt the following practical tasks by writing and testing a program or programs.

A farmer records the milk production of a herd of cows. Every cow has a unique 3-digit identity code. Each cow can be milked twice a day, seven days a week. The volume of milk from each cow is recorded in litres correct to one decimal place (yield) every time the cow is milked. The size of the herd is fixed. At the end of the week the total and the average yield for each cow for that week is calculated.

The farmer identifies the cow that has produced the most milk that week. The farmer also identifies any cows that have produced less than 12 litres of milk on four or more days that week.

A program is required to record the yield for each cow every time it is milked, calculate the total weekly volume of milk for the herd and the average yield per cow in a week. The program must also identify the cow with the best yield that week and identify any cows with a yield of less than 12 litres of milk for four or more days that week.

Write and test a program or programs for the farmer.

• Your program or programs must include appropriate prompts for the entry of data.• Error messages and other output need to be set out clearly and understandably.• All variables, constants and other identifiers must have meaningful names.

You will need to complete these three tasks. Each task must be fully tested.

TASK 1 – Record the yield.

Write a program for TASK 1 to record the milk yields for a week. The program records and stores the identity code number and the yield every time a cow is milked.

TASK 2 – Calculate the statistics.

Using your recorded data from TASK 1, calculate and display the total weekly volume of milk for the herd to the nearest whole litre. Calculate and display the average yield per cow in a week to the nearest whole litre.

TASK 3 – Identify the most productive cow and cows that are producing a low volume of milk.

Extend TASK 2 to identify and display the identity code number and weekly yield of the cow that has produced the most milk. Also identify and display the identity code numbers of any cows with a yield of less than 12 litres of milk for four days or more in the week.

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

Page 243: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

This document consists of 2 printed pages.

DC (NH) 148634/3© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

*5658253681*

COMPUTER SCIENCE 0478/23Paper 2 Problem-solving and Programming May/June 2018PRE-RELEASE MATERIALNo Additional Materials are required.This material should be given to the relevant teachers and candidates as soon as it has been received at the Centre.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Candidates should use this material in preparation for the examination. Candidates should attempt the practical programming tasks using their chosen high-level, procedural programming language.

This syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

Cambridge International ExaminationsCambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

Page 244: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

2

0478/23/PRE/M/J/18© UCLES 2018

In preparation for the examination candidates should attempt the following practical tasks by writing and testing a program or programs.

A car park has space for 100 cars and a barrier entrance and exit system. There is a display at the entrance to show how many spaces are empty. Cars are issued a ticket with a unique number on entry and the time of issue is stored. The car park charges $1.50 per hour and the fee is paid at a machine before leaving the car park. At the machine, the ticket number and departure time are entered; the fee is calculated by the machine and the amount due is paid by the ticket holder. Cars cannot stay overnight; the system is reset at midnight.

Write and test a program or programs for the car park manager.

• Your program or programs must include appropriate prompts for the entry of data.• Error messages and other output need to be set out clearly and understandably.• All variables, constants and other identifiers must have meaningful names.

You will need to complete these three tasks. Each task must be fully tested.

TASK 1 – Operating the car park.

The system is reset at midnight every day.Set up a system using arrays and with suitable prompts that will carry out the following as cars enter or leave the car park:

On Entry:• display the number of empty car park spaces• issue the next available ticket number• store the current time and the ticket number• display the updated number of empty car park spaces.

On Exit:• input a ticket number and departure time• output the amount of time the car stayed at the car park• delete the ticket number from the array• display the updated number of empty car park spaces.

TASK 2 – Working out the cost and daily takings.

Amend the program so that it will calculate the amount to be paid using a charge of $1.50 per hour, or part of an hour (i.e. any amount of time into the next hour is charged for a whole hour). The amount to be paid is displayed and is added to a running total for the day, before the ticket number is deleted from the array. At the end of the day, the following information is displayed:• total daily takings• number of cars that have used the car park• average charge per car• average length of stay per car.

TASK 3 – Introducing parking restrictions.

The car park manager decides to restrict the length of stay to a maximum of eight hours, and will charge an extra $100 if a car overstays. Modify your program to implement this change and ensure the driver is aware of this extra charge. Output the number of cars that have overstayed in a day.

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

Page 245: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

*2772106825*

This document consists of 11 printed pages and 1 blank page.

DC (SR/SW) 163639/3 R© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

COMPUTER SCIENCE 0478/11Paper 1 Theory May/June 2018 1 hour 45 minutesCandidates answer on the Question Paper.No Additional Materials are required.No calculators allowed.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name in the spaces at the top of this page.Write in dark blue or black pen.You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams, graphs or rough working.Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.

No marks will be awarded for using brand names of software packages or hardware.

Any businesses described in this paper are entirely fictitious.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.

The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

The maximum number of marks is 75.

This syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

Cambridge International ExaminationsCambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

Page 246: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

2

0478/11/M/J/18© UCLES 2018

1 Jane answers an examination question about computers and data correctly. Six different words or numbers have been removed from her answer.

Complete the sentences in Jane’s answer, using the list given. Not all items in the list need to be used.

• 2• 10• 16• analogue• binary• denary• digital• hexadecimal

As humans, we process …………………………………… data, but a computer cannot

process this type of data. For a computer to be able to process data it needs to be

converted to …………………………………… data. As humans, we mostly use a …………………………………… number system;

this is a base …………………………………… number system.

Computers use a …………………………………… number system;

this is a base …………………………………… number system. [6]

2 Dheeraj identifies three hexadecimal numbers.

Write the denary number for each of the three hexadecimal numbers:

2A ....................................................................................................

101 ...................................................................................................

21E ..................................................................................................

[3]

Working Space

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

Page 247: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

3

0478/11/M/J/18© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

3 The three binary numbers in the registers A, B and C have been transmitted from one computer to another.

Parity bit

Register A 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0

Register B 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1

Register C 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1

One binary number has been transmitted incorrectly. This is identified through the use of a parity bit.

Identify which register contains the binary number that has been transmitted incorrectly. Explain the reason for your choice.

The binary number that has been transmitted incorrectly is in Register ..........................................

Explanation ......................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................................... [4]

Page 248: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

4

0478/11/M/J/18© UCLES 2018

4 Michele wants to email a file to Elsa. The file is too large so it must be compressed.

(a) Name two types of compression that Michele could use.

Compression type 1 ..................................................................................................................

Compression type 2 .................................................................................................................. [2]

(b) The file Michele is sending contains the source code for a large computer program.

Identify which type of compression would be most suitable for Michele to use.

Explain your choice.

Compression type ......................................................................................................................

Explanation ................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................... [4]

Page 249: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

5

0478/11/M/J/18© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

5 Six components of the Von Neumann model for a computer system and six descriptions are given.

Draw a line to match each component to the most suitable description.

Component

Immediate access store

(IAS)

Register

Accumulator (ACC)

Bus

Control unit (CU)

Arithmetic logic unit (ALU)

Description

Holds data and instructions when they are loaded from main memory and are waiting

to be processed.

Holds data temporarily that is currently being used in a calculation.

Manages the flow of data and interaction between the components of the processor.

Pathway for transmitting data and instructions.

Holds data or instructions temporarily when they are being processed.

Carries out the calculations on data.

[5]

Page 250: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

6

0478/11/M/J/18© UCLES 2018

6 Consider the logic statement:

X = 1 if ((A is NOT 1 OR B is 1) NOR C is 1) NAND ((A is 1 AND C is 1) NOR B is 1)

(a) Draw a logic circuit to represent the given logic statement.

A

B

C

X

[6]

(b) Complete the truth table for the given logic statement.

A B CWorking space

X

0 0 0

0 0 1

0 1 0

0 1 1

1 0 0

1 0 1

1 1 0

1 1 1

[4]

Page 251: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

7

0478/11/M/J/18© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

7 Translators, such as a compiler and an interpreter, are used when writing and running computer programs.

Describe how a compiler and an interpreter translates a computer program.

Compiler ...........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

Interpreter .........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................................... [6]

Page 252: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

8

0478/11/M/J/18© UCLES 2018

8 A supermarket uses a barcode scanner to read the barcodes on its products.

(a) Describe how the barcode scanner reads the barcode.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................... [4]

(b) Explain how the barcode system could help the supermarket manage its stock.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................... [3]

(c) An infrared touch screen is used to view and navigate the supermarket stock system.

Explain how the infrared touch screen detects a user’s touch.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................... [4]

Page 253: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

9

0478/11/M/J/18© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

(d) The supermarket uses secondary storage and off-line storage to store data about its stock.

Explain what is meant by secondary storage and off-line storage.

Secondary storage ...................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

Off-line storage .........................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................... [4]

9 A business wants to use a biometric security system to control entry to the office.

The system will use a biometric device and a microprocessor.

Explain how the biometric security system will make use of the biometric device and the microprocessor to control entry to the office.

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................................... [6]

Page 254: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

10

0478/11/M/J/18© UCLES 2018

10 RockICT is a music business that has a website to allow customers to view and buy the products it sells.

The website consists of web pages.

(a) Describe what is meant by HTML structure and presentation for a web page.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[4]

(b) The URL for the music company’s website is:

https://www.rockict.net/index.htmPart 2Part 1

(i) Identify what Part 1 and Part 2 represent in this URL.

Part 1 ................................................................................................................................

Part 2 ................................................................................................................................ [2]

(ii) Describe what is meant by https.

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[2]

Page 255: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

11

0478/11/M/J/18© UCLES 2018

(c) When a customer enters the website, a message is displayed:

“RockICT makes use of cookies. By continuing to browse you are agreeing to our use of cookies.”

Explain why the music company uses cookies.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................... [2]

(d) The music company is concerned about the security of its website.

The company uses a proxy server as part of its security system.

Describe the role of a proxy server in the security system.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................... [4]

Page 256: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

12

0478/11/M/J/18© UCLES 2018

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

Page 257: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

*8003295921*

This document consists of 11 printed pages and 1 blank page.

DC (SC/SW) 150229/2© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

COMPUTER SCIENCE 0478/12Paper 1 Theory May/June 2018 1 hour 45 minutesCandidates answer on the Question Paper.No Additional Materials are required.No calculators allowed.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name in the spaces at the top of this page.Write in dark blue or black pen.You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams, graphs or rough working.Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.No marks will be awarded for using brand names of software packages or hardware.

Any businesses described in this paper are entirely fictitious.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

The maximum number of marks is 75.

Cambridge International ExaminationsCambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

This syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

Page 258: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

2

0478/12/M/J/18© UCLES 2018

1 Different units of data can be used to represent the size of a file, as it changes in size.

Fill in the missing units of data, using the list given:

• byte• gigabyte (GB)• megabyte (MB)• nibble

The units of data increase in size from smallest to largest.

Smallest bit

………………………………………………..

………………………………………………..

kilobyte (kB)

………………………………………………..

………………………………………………..

Largest terabyte (TB)

[4]

2 (a) Nancy has captured images of her holiday with her camera. The captured images are stored as digital photo files on her camera.

Explain how the captured images are converted to digital photo files.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [4]

Page 259: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

3

0478/12/M/J/18© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

(b) Nancy wants to email the photos to Nadia.

Many of the photos are very large files, so Nancy needs to reduce their file size as much as possible.

Identify which type of compression would be most suitable for Nancy to use. Explain your choice.

Compression type .....................................................................................................................

Explanation ...............................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................... [4]

3 A stopwatch uses six digits to display hours, minutes and seconds.

The stopwatch is stopped at:

0 2 3 1 5 8Hours Minutes Seconds

An 8-bit register is used to store each pair of digits.

(a) Write the 8-bit binary numbers that are currently stored for the Hours, Minutes and Seconds.

Hours

Minutes

Seconds

[3]

Page 260: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

4

0478/12/M/J/18© UCLES 2018

(b) The stopwatch is started again and then stopped.

When the watch is stopped, the 8-bit binary registers show:

Hours 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1

Minutes 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0

Seconds 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1

Write the denary values that will now be shown on the stopwatch.

Hours Minutes Seconds

[3]

4 Jafar is using the Internet when he gets the message:

“D03, page is not available”

Jafar remembers that hexadecimal is often used to represent binary values in error codes.

Convert the hexadecimal number in the error message into 12-bit binary.

[3]

Page 261: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

5

0478/12/M/J/18© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

5 The three binary numbers in the registers X, Y and Z have been transmitted from one computer to another.

Parity bit

Register X 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0

Register Y 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1

Register Z 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 1

Only one binary number has been transmitted correctly. This is identified through the use of a parity bit.

Identify which register contains the binary number that has been transmitted correctly. Explain the reason for your choice.

The binary number that has been transmitted correctly is in Register ............................................

Explanation ......................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................................... [4]

Page 262: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

6

0478/12/M/J/18© UCLES 2018

6 Kelvin correctly answers an examination question about the Von Neumann model.

Eight different terms have been removed from his answer.

Complete the sentences in Kelvin’s answer, using the list given.

Not all items in the list need to be used.

• accumulator (ACC)• address bus• arithmetic logic unit (ALU)• control unit (CU)• data bus• executed• fetches• immediate access store (IAS)• memory address register (MAR)• memory data register (MDR)• program counter (PC)• saved• transmits

The central processing unit (CPU) ....................................................................................

the data and instructions needed and stores them in the

.................................................................................... to wait to be processed.

The .................................................................................... holds the address of the next

instruction. This address is sent to the .................................................................................... .

The data from this address is sent to the .................................................................................... .

The instruction can then be decoded and .................................................................................... .

Any calculations that are carried out on the data are done by the

.................................................................................... . During calculations, the data is temporarily

held in a register called the .................................................................................... . [8]

Page 263: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

7

0478/12/M/J/18© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

7 Consider the logic statement:

X = 1 if ((A is 1 AND B is NOT 1) NAND C is 1) XOR ((A is 1 AND C is 1) OR B is 1)

(a) Draw a logic circuit to represent the given logic statement.

A

B X

C

[6]

(b) Complete the truth table for the given logic statement.

A B C Working space X

0 0 0

0 0 1

0 1 0

0 1 1

1 0 0

1 0 1

1 1 0

1 1 1

[4]

Page 264: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

8

0478/12/M/J/18© UCLES 2018

8 Dimitri is writing a computer program in a high-level language.

He needs to send just the machine code for the program to his friend, electronically.

It is important that the program is executed as quickly as possible.

Identify which translator will be most suitable for Dimitri to use. Explain your choice.

Type of translator .............................................................................................................................

Explanation ......................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................................... [4]

9 An advertisement in a magazine displays this barcode:

(a) Identify this type of barcode.

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

(b) Explain how the data stored in this barcode is read.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [4]

Page 265: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

9

0478/12/M/J/18© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

10 Alexandra has a new mobile device.

It has a touch screen that uses capacitive technology.

(a) Describe how a capacitive touch screen registers Alexandra’s touch.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [4]

(b) Alexandra is wearing gloves because it is cold.

She presses an icon on her touch screen but her action is not registered.

(i) Explain why the touch screen will not register her touch.

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [2]

(ii) Alexandra does not want to remove her gloves.

Explain how Alexandra could use her mobile device whilst still wearing gloves.

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [2]

Page 266: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

10

0478/12/M/J/18© UCLES 2018

11 A factory uses a security system to control a security light. The system uses a sensor and a microprocessor.

Explain how the security system makes use of the sensor and the microprocessor to control the security light.

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................... [6]

Page 267: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

11

0478/12/M/J/18© UCLES 2018

12 (a) Selma has some important personal information that she needs to email to her employer.

She wants to make sure that if the personal information is intercepted, it cannot be understood.

(i) State how Selma could email her personal data more securely.

...................................................................................................................................... [1]

(ii) Describe how your chosen solution works.

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [5]

(b) Selma wants to make sure that the information received is correct.

A parity check can be used to detect errors.

Describe another error detection method that can be used to check the information received is correct.

Error detection method .............................................................................................................

Description ................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................... [3]

Page 268: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

12

0478/12/M/J/18© UCLES 2018

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

BLANK PAGE

Page 269: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

*0557422193*

This syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 11 printed pages and 1 blank page.

DC (SC/CGW) 148529/3© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

Cambridge International ExaminationsCambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

COMPUTER SCIENCE 0478/13Paper 1 Theory May/June 2018 1 hour 45 minutesCandidates answer on the Question Paper.No Additional Materials are required.No calculators allowed.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name in the spaces at the top of this page.Write in dark blue or black pen.You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams, graphs or rough working.Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.No marks will be awarded for using brand names of software packages or hardware.

Any businesses described in this paper are entirely fictitious.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

The maximum number of marks is 75.

Page 270: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

2

0478/13/M/J/18© UCLES 2018

1 State five sensors that could be used in the following applications.

Give a different type of sensor for each application.

Application Sensor

Weighing a baby in a hospital

Turning off a kettle when the water boils

Controlling an automatic door

Monitoring the air quality in an aeroplane

Counting cars crossing a bridge

[5]

2 Draw a line to connect each term to the correct application.

Term Application

A telephone that can receive and transmit audio signals simultaneously.

A two-way radio (walkie-talkie) that can receive and transmit messages, but not at the same time.

Simplex

Duplex

Half-duplex A microphone that transmits data to a MIDI system.

[2]

Page 271: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

3

0478/13/M/J/18© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

3 Three security issues that could affect users online are phishing, pharming and spam.

Explain what is meant by each security issue.

Phishing ...........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

Pharming ..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

Spam ................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................................... [6]

Page 272: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

4

0478/13/M/J/18© UCLES 2018

4 A company transmits data to external storage at the end of each day.

(a) Parity checks can be used to check for errors during data transmission.

The system uses odd parity.

(i) Tick (✓) to show for each of the received bytes whether they have been transmitted correctly or transmitted incorrectly.

Received byte Transmitted correctly

(✓)

Transmitted incorrectly

(✓)

10001011

10101110

01011101

00100101

[4]

(ii) State one other method that could be used to check for transmission errors.

...................................................................................................................................... [1]

(b) Data can be transferred using parallel or serial data transmission.

(i) Describe what is meant by parallel data transmission.

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [2]

(ii) Give one application of parallel data transmission.

...........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [1]

Page 273: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

5

0478/13/M/J/18© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

(iii) Explain why serial data transmission is normally used for transferring data over a long distance.

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [2]

(c) Data transferred over a network is encrypted to improve data security.

The system uses 64-bit symmetric encryption.

(i) Explain how encryption improves data security.

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [2]

(ii) Explain one method that could be used to increase the level of security provided by the encryption.

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [2]

Page 274: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

6

0478/13/M/J/18© UCLES 2018

5 (a) Convert the denary number 107 to binary.

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

(b) Represent the denary number 300 as it would be stored in a 12-bit binary register.

.............................................................................................................................................. [2]

(c) Convert the denary number 179 to hexadecimal.

.............................................................................................................................................. [2]

6 One of the roles of an operating system is to deal with interrupts.

(a) Explain the term interrupt.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [2]

(b) Identify three devices that make use of interrupts.

Device 1 ....................................................................................................................................

Device 2 ....................................................................................................................................

Device 3 .................................................................................................................................... [3]

Page 275: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

7

0478/13/M/J/18© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

7 A train station uses large touch screens to allow passengers to search for train information and buy tickets.

(a) State three benefits of using a touch screen in the train station.

Benefit 1 ...................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

Benefit 2 ...................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

Benefit 3 ...................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................... [3]

(b) The touch screens at the station use resistive touch technology.

Describe how resistive touch technology works.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [4]

Page 276: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

8

0478/13/M/J/18© UCLES 2018

8 A logic circuit is shown below.

A

XB

C

(a) Complete the truth table for the given logic circuit.

A B C Working space X

0 0 0

0 0 1

0 1 0

0 1 1

1 0 0

1 0 1

1 1 0

1 1 1

[4]

Page 277: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

9

0478/13/M/J/18© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

(b) Draw a logic circuit corresponding to this logic statement:

X = 1 if (A is NOT 1) OR ((B is 1 OR C is 1) AND (B is NOT 1 OR A is NOT 1))

A

B

C

X

[6]

9 Three types of translators are assemblers, compilers and interpreters.

Tick (✓) the appropriate boxes to show which statements apply to each type of translator.

Statement Assembler(✓)

Compiler(✓)

Interpreter(✓)

Translates high-level language into machine code

Provides error diagnostics

Translates whole program to object code in one operation

Translates and executes one line of code at a time

[3]

Page 278: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

10

0478/13/M/J/18© UCLES 2018

10 Explain how an instruction is fetched in a computer based on the Von Neumann model.

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................... [6]

11 Identify three similarities between CDs and DVDs.

1 .......................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

2 .......................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

3 .......................................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................................... [3]

Page 279: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

11

0478/13/M/J/18© UCLES 2018

12 An image is to be stored electronically.

The image is 256 pixels high by 200 pixels wide with a 16-bit colour depth.

Calculate the file size of the image. You must show all of your working.

File size ................................................................................. kB [3]

13 Describe the role of an Internet Service Provider (ISP).

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................... [6]

Page 280: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

12

0478/13/M/J/18© UCLES 2018

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

BLANK PAGE

Page 281: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

*1819492409*

This document consists of 11 printed pages and 1 blank page.

DC (NF) 148543/2© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

Cambridge International ExaminationsCambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

COMPUTER SCIENCE 0478/21Paper 2 Problem-solving and Programming May/June 2018 1 hour 45 minutesCandidates answer on the Question Paper.No Additional Materials are required.No calculators allowed.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name in the spaces at the top of this page.Write in dark blue or black pen.You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams, graphs or rough working.Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.

DO NOT ATTEMPT TASKS 1, 2 AND 3 in the pre-release material; these are for information only.

You are advised to spend no more than 40 minutes on Section A (Question 1).

No marks will be awarded for using brand names of software packages or hardware.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.

The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

The maximum number of marks is 50.

This syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

Page 282: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

2

0478/21/M/J/18© UCLES 2018

Section A

You are advised to spend no longer than 40 minutes answering this section.

Here is a copy of the pre-release material.

DO NOT attempt Tasks 1, 2 and 3 now.

Use the pre-release material and your experience from attempting the tasks before the examination to answer Question 1.

Pre-release material

A computer shop will build a computer from components to meet a customer’s requirements. For each request for a computer to be built, an estimate of the cost is produced. The component stock level is checked; if all the components are in stock, a firm order to build the computer can be placed. A program is required to work out the cost of the computer, update the stock levels and provide a daily summary of orders for the shop owner.

Write and test a program or programs for the computer shop owner.

• Your program or programs must include appropriate prompts for the entry of data.• Error messages and other output need to be set out clearly and understandably.• All variables, constants and other identifiers must have meaningful names.

You will need to complete these three tasks. Each task must be fully tested.

TASK 1 – Produce an estimate.

Write a program for TASK 1 to calculate the cost of building a computer using these components.

Component Choices Prices in $

Processor p3 / p5 / p7 100 / 120 / 200

RAM 16 GB / 32 GB 75 / 150

Storage 1 TB / 2 TB 50 / 100

Screen 19" / 23" 65 / 120

Case Mini Tower / Midi Tower 40 / 70

USB ports 2 ports / 4 ports 10 / 20

The customer makes a choice for each component and an estimate is produced. The estimate must show a unique estimate number, the components chosen and the price of each component. The estimate must also show the total cost of the computer, which is calculated as the sum of the cost of the components chosen plus 20%.

TASK 2 – Place an order.

Using your estimate from TASK 1, check if the components required are in stock. If all the components are in stock then update the stock levels. Add the unique estimate number to the list of order numbers. Add the customer’s details and today’s date to the estimate details to finalise the order. Print two copies of the order, one for the customer and one for the shop.

TASK 3 – Summarise the day’s orders.

Extend TASK 2 to provide an end of day summary showing the number of orders made, the total number of each component sold and the value of the orders.

Page 283: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

3

0478/21/M/J/18© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

1 (a) All variables, constants and other identifiers should have meaningful names.

(i) You recorded information for the estimate of the cost of building a computer in Task 1. Give a data structure that you created for Task 1, its name, data type and use.

Data structure ....................................................................................................................

Name .................................................................................................................................

Data type ...........................................................................................................................

Use ....................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................[4]

(ii) Describe the data structures that you have used in Task 2 to record the customer details. Include sample data in the description.

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [4]

(b) Explain how your program for Task 1 produces a unique estimate number.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [2]

Page 284: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

4

0478/21/M/J/18© UCLES 2018

(c) Write an algorithm for part of Task 2 to check that the chosen processor and chosen RAM are in stock, using either pseudocode, programming statements or a flowchart. Assume that Task 1 has been completed. Do not check the other components or produce the order.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [5]

Page 285: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

5

0478/21/M/J/18© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

(d) Explain how your program completes Task 3. Any programming statements used in your answer must be fully explained.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [5]

Page 286: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

6

0478/21/M/J/18© UCLES 2018

Section B

2 (a) Write an algorithm to input 1000 numbers. Count how many numbers are positive and how many numbers are zero. Then output the results. Use either pseudocode or a flowchart.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [6]

Page 287: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

7

0478/21/M/J/18© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

(b) Give one change you could make to your algorithm to ensure initial testing is more manageable.

...................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

Question 3 starts on page 8.

Page 288: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

8

0478/21/M/J/18© UCLES 2018

3 The global trade item number (GTIN-8) barcode has seven digits and a check digit. This pseudocode algorithm inputs seven digits and calculates the eighth digit, then outputs the

GTIN-8. DIV(X,Y), finds the number of divides in division for example DIV(23,10) is 2. MOD(X,Y), finds the remainder in division for example MOD(23,10) is 3.

FOR Count 1 TO 7 INPUT Number Digit(Count) Number NEXT Sum (Digit(1)+Digit(3)+Digit(5)+Digit(7))*3+Digit(2)+Digit(4)+Digit(6) IF MOD(Sum,10) <> 0 THEN Digit(8) DIV(Sum,10)*10 + 10 - Sum ELSE Digit(8) 0 ENDIF OUTPUT "GTIN-8" FOR Count 1 TO 8 OUTPUT Digit(Count) NEXT

(a) Complete the trace table for the input data: 5, 7, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4

Digit(1) Digit(2) Digit(3) Digit(4) Digit(5) Digit(6) Digit(7) Digit(8) Sum OUTPUT

Complete the trace table for the input data: 4, 3, 1, 0, 2, 3, 1

Digit(1) Digit(2) Digit(3) Digit(4) Digit(5) Digit(6) Digit(7) Digit(8) Sum OUTPUT

[5]

Page 289: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

9

0478/21/M/J/18© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

(b) Explain how you would change the algorithm to input eight digits (seven digits and the check digit) and output if the check digit entered is correct or not.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [3]

Question 4 starts on page 10.

Page 290: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

10

0478/21/M/J/18© UCLES 2018

4 A programmer has written a routine to check that prices are below $10.00. These values are used as test data.

10.00 9.99 ten

Explain why each value was chosen.

10.00 ................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

9.99 ..................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

ten ....................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................[3]

5 Explain the difference between the programming concepts of counting and totalling. Include an example of a programming statement for each concept in your explanation.

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................... [4]

Page 291: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

11

0478/21/M/J/18© UCLES 2018

6 A database table, PERFORMANCE, is used to keep a record of the performances at a local theatre.

Show Number Type Title Date Sold Out

SN091 Comedy An Evening at Home 01 Sept Yes

SN102 Drama Old Places 02 Oct No

SN113 Jazz Acoustic Evening 03 Nov No

SN124 Classical Mozart Evening 04 Dec Yes

SN021 Classical Bach Favourites 01 Feb Yes

SN032 Jazz 30 Years of Jazz 02 Mar Yes

SN043 Comedy Street Night 03 Apr No

SN054 Comedy Hoot 04 May No

(a) State the number of fields and records in the table.

Fields ........................................................................................................................................

Records ....................................................................................................................................[2]

(b) Give two validation checks that could be performed on the Show Number field.

Validation check 1 .....................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

Validation check 2 .....................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................[2]

(c) Using the query-by-example grid, write a query to identify jazz performances that are not sold out. Only display the date and the title.

Field:

Table:

Sort:

Show:

Criteria:

or:

[4]

Page 292: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

12

0478/21/M/J/18© UCLES 2018

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

BLANK PAGE

Page 293: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

This document consists of 11 printed pages and 1 blank page.

DC (NH) 148633/2© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

*7115246253*

COMPUTER SCIENCE 0478/22Paper 2 Problem-solving and Programming May/June 2018 1 hour 45 minutesCandidates answer on the Question Paper.No Additional Materials are required.No calculators allowed.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name in the spaces at the top of this page.Write in dark blue or black pen.You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams, graphs or rough working.Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.

DO NOT ATTEMPT TASKS 1, 2 AND 3 in the pre-release material; these are for information only.

You are advised to spend no more than 40 minutes on Section A (Question 1).

No marks will be awarded for using brand names of software packages or hardware.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.

The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

The maximum number of marks is 50.

This syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

Cambridge International ExaminationsCambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

Page 294: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

2

0478/22/M/J/18© UCLES 2018

Section A

You are advised to spend no longer than 40 minutes answering this section.

Here is a copy of the pre-release material.

DO NOT attempt Tasks 1, 2 and 3 now.

Use the pre-release material and your experience from attempting the tasks before the examination to answer Question 1.

Pre-release material

A farmer records the milk production of a herd of cows. Every cow has a unique 3-digit identity code. Each cow can be milked twice a day, seven days a week. The volume of milk from each cow is recorded in litres correct to one decimal place (yield) every time the cow is milked. The size of the herd is fixed. At the end of the week the total and the average yield for each cow for that week is calculated.

The farmer identifies the cow that has produced the most milk that week. The farmer also identifies any cows that have produced less than 12 litres of milk on four or more days that week.

A program is required to record the yield for each cow every time it is milked, calculate the total weekly volume of milk for the herd and the average yield per cow in a week. The program must also identify the cow with the best yield that week and identify any cows with a yield of less than 12 litres of milk for four or more days that week.

Write and test a program or programs for the farmer.

• Your program or programs must include appropriate prompts for the entry of data.• Error messages and other output need to be set out clearly and understandably.• All variables, constants and other identifiers must have meaningful names.

You will need to complete these three tasks. Each task must be fully tested.

TASK 1 – Record the yield.

Write a program for TASK 1 to record the milk yields for a week. The program records and stores the identity code number and the yield every time a cow is milked.

TASK 2 – Calculate the statistics.

Using your recorded data from TASK 1, calculate and display the total weekly volume of milk for the herd to the nearest whole litre. Calculate and display the average yield per cow in a week to the nearest whole litre.

TASK 3 – Identify the most productive cow and cows that are producing a low volume of milk.

Extend TASK 2 to identify and display the identity code number and weekly yield of the cow that has produced the most milk. Also identify and display the identity code numbers of any cows with a yield of less than 12 litres of milk for four days or more in the week.

Page 295: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

3

0478/22/M/J/18© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

1 (a) All variables, constants and other identifiers should have meaningful names.

(i) State the name, the data type and the use of two variables that you have used in Task 2.

Variable 1 name ................................................................................................................

Data type ...........................................................................................................................

Use ....................................................................................................................................

Variable 2 name ................................................................................................................

Data type ...........................................................................................................................

Use .................................................................................................................................... [2]

(ii) Describe, with the aid of some sample data, the data structures that you have used to record the data for the cows in Task 1.

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[4]

(b) Explain how your program for Task 1 ensures that each 3-digit identity code is unique.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[2]

Page 296: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

4

0478/22/M/J/18© UCLES 2018

(c) Write an algorithm for Task 2, using either pseudocode, programming statements or a flowchart. Assume that Task 1 has been completed.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[5]

Page 297: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

5

0478/22/M/J/18© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

(d) (i) Explain how your program for Task 3 finds the cows with a daily yield of less than 12 litres of milk for four days or more in the week. Any programming statements used in your answer must be fully explained.

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[5]

(ii) Explain how you would extend your program for Task 3 to store the identity code number(s) of those cows with a yield of less than 12 litres of milk for four days or more in the week.

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[2]

Page 298: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

6

0478/22/M/J/18© UCLES 2018

Section B

2 (a) Draw a flowchart for an algorithm to input numbers. Reject any numbers that are negative and count how many numbers are positive. When the number zero is input, the process ends and the count of positive numbers is output.

[6]

Page 299: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

7

0478/22/M/J/18© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

(b) Explain the changes you will make to your algorithm to also count the negative numbers.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[2]

Question 3 starts on Page 8.

Page 300: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

8

0478/22/M/J/18© UCLES 2018

3 This pseudocode algorithm inputs two non-zero numbers and a sign, and then performs the calculation shown by the sign. An input of zero for the first number terminates the process.

INPUT Number1, Number2, Sign WHILE Number1 <> 0 IF Sign = '+' THEN Answer Number1 + Number2 ENDIF IF Sign = '-' THEN Answer Number1 - Number2 ENDIF IF Sign = '*' THEN Answer Number1 * Number2 ENDIF IF Sign = '/' THEN Answer Number1 / Number2 ENDIF IF Sign <> '/' AND Sign <> '*' AND Sign <> '-' AND Sign <> '+' THEN Answer 0 ENDIF IF Answer <> 0 THEN OUTPUT Answer ENDIF INPUT Number1, Number2, Sign ENDWHILE

(a) Complete the trace table for the input data: 5, 7, +, 6, 2, –, 4, 3, *, 7, 8, ?, 0, 0, /

Number1 Number2 Sign Answer OUTPUT

[3]

(b) Show how you could improve the algorithm written in pseudocode by writing an alternative type of conditional statement in pseudocode.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[3]

Page 301: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

9

0478/22/M/J/18© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

4 A programmer has written a routine to store the name, email address and password of a contributor to a website’s discussion group.

(a) The programmer has chosen to verify the name, email address and password.

Explain why verification was chosen and describe how the programmer would verify this data.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[4]

(b) The programmer has also decided to validate the email address and the password.

Describe validation checks that could be used.

Email address ............................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

Password ..................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................... [2]

Page 302: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

10

0478/22/M/J/18© UCLES 2018

5 A program checks that the weight of a basket of fruit is over 1.00 kilograms and under 1.10 kilograms. Weights are recorded to an accuracy of two decimal places and any weight not in this form has already been rejected.

Give three weights as test data and for each weight state a reason for choosing it. All your reasons must be different.

Weight 1 ............................................................................................................................................

Reason ..............................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

Weight 2 ............................................................................................................................................

Reason ..............................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

Weight 3 ............................................................................................................................................

Reason ..............................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................................... [3]

Page 303: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

11

0478/22/M/J/18© UCLES 2018

6 A database table, TREES, is used to keep a record of the trees in a park. Each tree is given a unique number and is examined to see if it is at risk of dying. There are over 900 trees; part of the database table is shown.

Tree Number Type Map Position Age in Years At Risk

TN091 Acacia A7 250 Y

TN172 Olive C5 110 N

TN913 Cedar B9 8 N

TN824 Banyan A3 50 Y

TN021 Pine D5 560 Y

TN532 Teak C8 76 Y

TN043 Yew B1 340 N

TN354 Spruce D4 65 N

TN731 Elm B10 22 Y

TN869 Oak C9 13 N

TN954 Pine E11 3 N

(a) State the number of fields in the table.

...............................................................................................................................................[1]

(b) The tree numbering system uses TN followed by three digits. The numbering system will not work if there are over 1000 trees.

Describe, with the aid of an example, how you could change the tree numbering system to allow for over 1000 trees. Existing tree numbers must not be changed.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[2]

(c) Using the query-by-example grid, write a query to identify at risk trees over 100 years old. Display only the type and the position on the map.

Field:

Table:

Sort:

Show:

Criteria:

or:

[4]

Page 304: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

12

0478/22/M/J/18© UCLES 2018

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

BLANK PAGE

Page 305: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

This document consists of 11 printed pages and 1 blank page.

DC (NH/FC) 148635/3© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

*0574821219*

COMPUTER SCIENCE 0478/23Paper 2 Problem-solving and Programming May/June 2018 1 hour 45 minutesCandidates answer on the Question Paper.No Additional Materials are required.No calculators allowed.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name in the spaces at the top of this page.Write in dark blue or black pen.You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams, graphs or rough working.Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.

DO NOT ATTEMPT TASKS 1, 2 AND 3 in the pre-release material; these are for information only.

You are advised to spend no more than 40 minutes on Section A (Question 1).

No marks will be awarded for using brand names of software packages or hardware.

Any businesses described in this paper are entirely fictitious.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.

The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

The maximum number of marks is 50.

This syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

Cambridge International ExaminationsCambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

Page 306: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

2

0478/23/M/J/18© UCLES 2018

Section A

You are advised to spend no longer than 40 minutes answering this section.

Here is a copy of the pre-release material.

DO NOT attempt Tasks 1, 2 and 3 now.

Use the pre-release material and your experience from attempting the tasks before the examination to answer Question 1.

Pre-release material

A car park has space for 100 cars and a barrier entrance and exit system. There is a display at the entrance to show how many spaces are empty. Cars are issued a ticket with a unique number on entry and the time of issue is stored. The car park charges $1.50 per hour and the fee is paid at a machine before leaving the car park. At the machine, the ticket number and departure time are entered; the fee is calculated by the machine and the amount due is paid by the ticket holder. Cars cannot stay overnight; the system is reset at midnight.

Write and test a program or programs for the car park manager.

• Your program or programs must include appropriate prompts for the entry of data. • Error messages and other output need to be set out clearly and understandably. • All variables, constants and other identifiers must have meaningful names.

You will need to complete these three tasks. Each task must be fully tested.

TASK 1 – Operating the car park.

The system is reset at midnight every day.Set up a system using arrays and with suitable prompts that will carry out the following as cars enter or leave the car park:

On Entry:• display the number of empty car park spaces• issue the next available ticket number• store the current time and the ticket number• display the updated number of empty car park spaces.

On Exit:• input a ticket number and departure time• output the amount of time the car stayed at the car park• delete the ticket number from the array• display the updated number of empty car park spaces.

TASK 2 – Working out the cost and daily takings.

Amend the program so that it will calculate the amount to be paid using a charge of $1.50 per hour, or part of an hour (i.e. any amount of time into the next hour is charged for a whole hour). The amount to be paid is displayed and is added to a running total for the day, before the ticket number is deleted from the array. At the end of the day, the following information is displayed:• total daily takings• number of cars that have used the car park• average charge per car• average length of stay per car.

TASK 3 – Introducing parking restrictions.

The car park manager decides to restrict the length of stay to a maximum of eight hours, and will charge an extra $100 if a car overstays. Modify your program to implement this change and ensure the driver is aware of this extra charge. Output the number of cars that have overstayed in a day.

Page 307: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

3

0478/23/M/J/18© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

1 (a) All variables, constants and other identifiers should have meaningful names.

(i) State the name, data type and use of two arrays you created for Task 1.

Array 1 name .....................................................................................................................

Data type ...........................................................................................................................

Use ....................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

Array 2 name .....................................................................................................................

Data type ...........................................................................................................................

Use ....................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................... [4]

(ii) State the name, value and use of two constants you could have created for Task 3.

Constant 1 name ................................................................................................................

Value .................................................................................................................................

Use ....................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

Constant 2 name ................................................................................................................

Value .................................................................................................................................

Use ....................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................[4]

Page 308: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

4

0478/23/M/J/18© UCLES 2018

(b) Write an algorithm to perform the set up and ‘On Entry’ part of Task 1, using either pseudocode, programming statements or a flowchart.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[6]

Page 309: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

5

0478/23/M/J/18© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

(c) Explain how your program calculates if a car has overstayed the permitted parking time and how the charge is calculated and output (part of Task 3). Any programming statements you use in your answer must be fully explained.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[4]

(d) One of the inputs required ‘On Exit’ in Task 1 is ticket number. State two items of suitable test data you could use to test your input validation and state why you chose them.

Test data 1 ................................................................................................................................

Reason .....................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

Test data 2 ................................................................................................................................

Reason .....................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................... [2]

Page 310: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

6

0478/23/M/J/18© UCLES 2018

Section B

2 Describe, using an example, the purpose of the following checks during data entry.

(a) Validation check

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[2]

(b) Verification check

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[2]

3 This section of program code reads the contents of the array, totals the numbers and prints out the sum and average of the numbers. Assume the array is full.

Complete the four missing items by writing them in the spaces provided in this code.

1 Numbers[1:30]

2 Total = 0

3 .............................................. = 0

4 FOR Count = 1 TO .........................................................

5 Number = Numbers[Count]

6 Total = ......................................................... + Number

7 Counter = Counter + 1

8 .................................................................................................. Count

9 PRINT′Thesumofthenumbersyouenteredis′,Number

10 PRINT′Theaverageofthenumbersyouenteredis′,Number/Counter [4]

Page 311: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

7

0478/23/M/J/18© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

4 An algorithm is written in pseudocode:

INPUT Number IF Number > 100 THENOUTPUT″Thenumberistoolarge″ ELSEOUTPUT″Thenumberisacceptable″ ENDIF

(a) Describe the purpose of the algorithm.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[2]

(b) (i) The algorithm only allows one attempt at inputting an acceptable value.

State how you would change the algorithm so that it continues until a suitable input is supplied.

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[1]

(ii) Re-write the algorithm in full, using pseudocode, to implement your answer to part (b)(i).

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[3]

Page 312: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

8

0478/23/M/J/18© UCLES 2018

5 The flowchart allows a set of 10 numbers to be entered; it finds and outputs the largest of these numbers.

START

Counter Counter

Is Counter< 10 ?

OUTPUT Max

END

+ 1

INPUT Num

Is Num >Max ?

Yes

Yes

Max NumNo

No

Max –1000.00Counter 0

Page 313: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

9

0478/23/M/J/18© UCLES 2018 [Turn over

(a) Complete the trace table for the input data:

6.30, 18.62, 50.01, 3.13, 2.05, 50.10, 40.35, 30.69, 0.85, 17.30

Max Counter Num OUTPUT

[3]

(b) Describe two different changes you should make to the flowchart to find the smallest number instead of the largest number.

Change 1 ...................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

Change 2 ...................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................... [2]

Page 314: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

10

0478/23/M/J/18© UCLES 2018

6 A shop that sells copies of movies to the public has set up a new database table called 2018MOV to store some new releases. Part of this table is given, showing the catalogue number, title, genres and available formats (Blu-ray, DVD or streaming) of each movie.

CatNo Title Genre 1 Genre 2 Blu-ray DVD Stream

18m01 Battery Rangers Adventure Fantasy Yes No Yes

18m02 Golfwatch Comedy Drama Yes No Yes

18m03 Chair 27 Comedy Drama Yes Yes No

18m04 Wander Woman Action Fantasy Yes No Yes

18m05 Justine League Action Fantasy Yes Yes Yes

18m06 That Horror Thriller Yes Yes No

18m07 Insect Dude Action Fantasy No Yes No

18m08 Dover Beach Action History No Yes No

18m12 Slow 25 Action Thriller No Yes No

18m15 Kongkers Adventure Fantasy No Yes No

18m16 Transducers: The Last Night Action Sci-Fi Yes Yes Yes

18m17 The Pale Tower Fantasy Sci-Fi Yes Yes No

18m19 Bea and the Bute Fantasy Romance Yes Yes Yes

18m21 The Daddy Action Fantasy No No Yes

18m22 Planet Wars: Episode X Sci-Fi Action Yes No Yes

18m23 Guardians of the Milky Way Action Sci-Fi Yes Yes Yes

18m26 Odin Horror Sci-Fi No Yes Yes

18m27 That Fantasy Sci-Fi No No Yes

18m30 Underneath Action Horror Yes No No

18m31 Debatable Me Animation Action Yes Yes No

(a) State the number of records in this part of the table.

...............................................................................................................................................[1]

(b) (i) Give the name of the field that should be used for the primary key.

.......................................................................................................................................[1]

(ii) State the reason for choosing this field for the primary key.

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[1]

Page 315: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

11

0478/23/M/J/18© UCLES 2018

(c) Complete the table to show the most appropriate data type for each field based on the data shown in the table at the start of question 6.

Field Data type

CatNo

Title

Genre 1

Stream

[2]

(d) List the output that would be given by this query-by-example.

Field: CatNo Title Genre 1 Blu-ray DVD Stream

Table: 2018MOV 2018MOV 2018MOV 2018MOV 2018MOV 2018MOV

Sort:

Show: 3 3 3 3 3

Criteria: =“Comedy”

or:

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[2]

(e) Using the query-by-example grid, write a query to identify all the movies that are categorised as Sci-Fi and available to stream. Only display the catalogue number and title of the film, with the titles listed in alphabetical order.

Field:

Table:

Sort:

Show:

Criteria:

or:

[4]

Page 316: Grade thresholds November 2017 - SmileTutor...from: Online shopping // Online payment systems // Online booking Email Cloud based storage Intranet/extranet VPN VoIP // video conferencing

12

0478/23/M/J/18© UCLES 2018

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

BLANK PAGE